| blob | 6cd20f9c8caf3e33aa5dead5ac323e983c10d1ff |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20874 62962 290468 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
125 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
131 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
137 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
138 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
139 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
140 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
146 Prompt for a change log name.
153 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
154 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
155 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
156 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
158 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
159 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
160 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
162 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
163 current buffer to the complete file name.
164 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
169 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
170 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
171 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
173 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
174 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
176 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
178 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
179 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
180 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
182 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
183 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
184 after a comma on an existing line.
186 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
187 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
188 the same person.
190 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
191 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
192 notices.
194 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
195 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
200 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
201 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
202 the change log file in another window.
207 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
208 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
209 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
210 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
211 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
218 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
221 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
223 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
224 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
225 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
226 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
227 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
229 Has a preference of looking backwards.
234 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
235 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
236 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
237 or a buffer.
239 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
240 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
244 ;;;***
245 \f
246 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
247 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
248 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20725 15032 264919 0))
249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
252 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
253 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
254 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
255 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
256 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
257 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
258 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
259 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
265 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
266 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
267 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
268 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
269 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
270 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
276 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
281 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
288 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
289 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
290 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
291 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
292 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
294 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
295 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
296 the new one.
298 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
299 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
300 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
301 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
302 mapped to the closest extremal position).
304 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
305 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
306 the cache-id will clear the cache.
308 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
313 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
314 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
315 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
316 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
317 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
318 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
319 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
320 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
321 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
322 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
323 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
324 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
325 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
326 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
327 definition will always be cached for later usage.
332 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
333 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
335 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
336 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
337 BODY...)
339 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
340 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
341 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
342 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
343 see also `ad-add-advice'.
344 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
345 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
346 before/around/after-advices will be used.
347 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
348 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
349 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
350 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
351 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
354 Semantics of the various flags:
355 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
356 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
357 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
359 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
360 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
362 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
363 advised function should be compiled.
365 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
366 during activation until somebody enables it.
368 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
369 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
370 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
371 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
374 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
375 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
376 BODY...)
382 ;;;***
383 \f
384 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
385 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
386 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
387 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
390 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
391 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
392 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
393 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
394 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
395 rule's `separate' attribute).
397 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
398 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
399 `separate' attribute set.
401 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
402 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
403 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
404 on the format of these lists.
409 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
410 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
411 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
412 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
413 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
414 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
415 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
416 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
417 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
418 options.
420 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
421 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
423 Fred (123) 456-7890
424 Alice (123) 456-7890
425 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
426 Joe (123) 456-7890
428 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
430 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
435 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
436 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
437 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
438 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
439 align that section.
444 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
445 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
446 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
447 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
448 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
449 been used to align that section.
454 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
455 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
456 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
457 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
458 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
459 to be colored.
464 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
469 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
473 ;;;***
474 \f
475 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
476 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
477 ;;;;;; (20892 39729 858825 0))
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
483 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
490 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
491 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
493 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
494 `allout-auto-activation'.
499 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
501 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
502 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
503 file variable `allout-layout'.
506 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
507 specified layout is applied.
510 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
513 Auto-layout is not.
519 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
523 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
533 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
535 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
537 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
541 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
552 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557 Toggle Allout outline mode.
558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
563 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
564 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
565 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
566 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
567 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
568 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582 and many other features.
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
585 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
586 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
587 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
588 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
591 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
593 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
597 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
598 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
599 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
601 Exposure Control:
602 ----------------
609 Navigation:
610 ----------
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
619 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
620 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
623 Topic Header Production:
624 -----------------------
627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
629 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
630 ---------------------------------
633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 current topic
636 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
637 are alternated according to nesting depth.
639 the offspring are not affected.
640 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
642 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
643 ----------------------------------
645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
650 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
653 Topic-oriented Encryption:
654 -------------------------
656 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
658 Misc commands:
659 -------------
660 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
661 and establish a default file-var setting
662 for `allout-layout'.
665 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
666 buffer with name derived from derived from that
669 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
670 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 format.
673 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
674 auto-activation.
676 Topic Encryption
678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
679 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
680 pending encryption on save.
682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
683 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
684 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
685 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
686 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
688 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
689 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
690 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
691 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
692 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
693 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
694 signal.
696 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
697 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
698 for details.
700 HOT-SPOT Operation
702 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
703 navigation and exposure control.
705 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
706 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
712 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
714 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
715 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
718 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
719 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
720 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
721 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
722 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
723 at the beginning of the current entry.
725 Extending Allout
727 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
728 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
729 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-hook'
732 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
733 `allout-mode-off-hook'
734 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
735 `allout-structure-added-functions'
736 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
737 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
738 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
739 `allout-post-undo-hook'
741 Terminology
743 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
745 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
746 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
747 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
748 CURRENT ITEM:
749 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
750 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
751 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
752 called the:
753 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
755 ANCESTORS:
756 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
757 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
758 of the ITEM.
759 OFFSPRING:
760 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
761 SUBTOPIC:
762 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
763 CHILD:
764 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
765 SIBLINGS:
766 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
768 Topic text constituents:
770 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
771 text.
772 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
773 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
774 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
775 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
776 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
777 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
778 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
779 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
780 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
781 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
782 the PREFIX.
784 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
785 of the ITEM.
786 PREFIX-LEAD:
787 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
788 It can be customized by changing the setting of
789 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
791 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
792 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
793 program code without interfering with processing of the text
794 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
795 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
796 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
797 docstring for more detail.
798 PREFIX-PADDING:
799 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
800 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
801 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
802 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
803 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
804 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
805 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
807 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
808 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
809 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
810 more details.
811 EXPOSURE:
812 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
813 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
814 CONCEALED:
815 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
818 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
819 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
820 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
827 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
829 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
830 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
834 ;;;***
835 \f
836 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
837 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
838 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
839 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
841 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
854 visiting an outline.
856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
861 you want allout widgets operation.
867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
872 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
876 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
879 The graphics include:
881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
884 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
887 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 ;;;***
896 \f
897 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
898 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20843 54187 671468 0))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
904 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
905 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
906 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
907 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
908 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
920 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
925 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
926 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
927 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
928 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
929 in the current window.
934 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
935 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
936 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
937 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
938 buffer if one does not exist.
943 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
944 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
945 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
946 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 ;;;***
951 \f
952 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
953 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
964 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
965 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
966 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
967 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
969 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
970 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
972 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976 ;;;***
977 \f
978 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
979 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104
980 ;;;;;; 0))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
985 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
986 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
987 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
992 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
993 the rules.
995 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
996 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
997 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
998 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1009 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013 ;;;***
1014 \f
1015 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1016 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1038 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1039 ;;;;;; apropos-user-option apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el"
1040 ;;;;;; (20716 56 356960 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 variables, not just user options.
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 noninteractive functions.
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20759
1156 ;;;;;; 33211 414988 0))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20709 26818 907104
1177 ;;;;;; 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1230 between that of point and mark.
1238 newlines inside rows)
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891
1249 ;;;;;; 18859 893295 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1263 How to submit a bug report
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1344 Settings
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1360 Drawing with keys
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1381 Arrows
1384 of the line/poly-line
1387 of the line/poly-line
1390 Selecting operation
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1416 Variables
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441 Hooks
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1446 Keymap summary
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709
1455 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475 Special commands:
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1483 ;;;;;; (20755 36154 171386 0))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1496 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 For example:
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1554 ;;;***
1555 \f
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1557 ;;;;;; (20874 62962 290468 0))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1565 ;;;***
1566 \f
1567 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1568 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1604 ;;;***
1605 \f
1606 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1607 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1608 ;;;;;; (20879 27694 495748 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1658 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1659 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1745 ;;;***
1746 \f
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1748 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1781 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1786 ;;;***
1787 \f
1788 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1789 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
1790 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1794 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1795 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1796 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1801 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1802 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1810 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1815 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1816 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1818 seconds.
1822 ;;;***
1823 \f
1824 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1825 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
1826 ;;;;;; 0))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1830 Time execution of FORMS.
1831 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1832 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1833 FORMS once.
1834 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1835 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1836 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1843 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1844 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1845 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1846 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1853 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1854 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1855 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1856 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1860 ;;;***
1861 \f
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1863 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20842 33318 816618 0))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1867 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1868 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1869 of corresponding buffers.
1870 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1871 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1872 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1873 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1874 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1876 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1877 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1878 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1883 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1885 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1887 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1889 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1892 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1893 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1894 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1895 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1899 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1902 Special information:
1906 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1907 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1908 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1913 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1919 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1920 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1921 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1922 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1923 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1924 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1925 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1927 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1929 ----------------------------------------------------------
1930 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1931 if that value is non-nil.
1938 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1939 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1940 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1941 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1942 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1943 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1944 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1945 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1946 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1947 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1948 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1952 ;;;***
1953 \f
1954 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1955 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1956 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1959 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1963 ;;;***
1964 \f
1965 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1966 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1967 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1970 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1974 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1975 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1980 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1989 ;;;***
1990 \f
1991 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20709
1992 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1993 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1996 Play blackbox.
1997 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1999 What is blackbox?
2001 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2002 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2003 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2004 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2005 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2006 your score.
2008 Overview of play:
2011 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2012 four.
2014 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2015 movement keys.
2017 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2018 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2020 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2023 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2025 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2026 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2027 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2028 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2030 Details:
2032 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2034 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2035 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2036 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2037 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2039 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2040 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2041 denoted by the letter `R'.
2043 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2044 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2045 denoted by the letter `H'.
2047 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2048 example.
2050 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2051 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2052 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2053 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2055 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2056 ray.
2058 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2059 degree deflection it causes.
2061 1
2062 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2063 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2064 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2065 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2068 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2069 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2070 2 3
2072 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2073 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2076 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2085 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2086 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2087 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2088 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2089 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2090 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2091 emerging from the box.
2093 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2100 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2104 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2105 a reflection.
2109 ;;;***
2110 \f
2111 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2112 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2113 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2114 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2115 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20874 65006 176325 548000))
2116 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2121 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2122 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2123 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2124 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2125 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2130 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2131 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2133 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2134 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2135 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2136 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2137 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2138 recent one.
2140 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2141 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2142 yank successive words.
2144 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2145 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2146 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2147 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2148 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2151 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2152 the list of bookmarks.)
2157 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2158 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2159 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2160 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2161 this.
2163 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2164 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2165 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2166 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2168 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2169 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2171 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2172 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2173 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2178 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2183 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2185 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2186 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2187 after a bookmark was set in it.
2192 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2194 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2195 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2202 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2203 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2204 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2206 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2207 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2208 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2210 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2211 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2212 name.
2217 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2218 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2220 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2221 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2222 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2223 this.
2228 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2230 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2231 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2233 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2234 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2235 probably because we were called from there.
2240 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2241 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2246 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2247 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2248 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2249 \(second argument).
2251 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2252 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2253 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2254 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2255 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2257 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2259 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'.
2265 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2266 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2267 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2268 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2269 while loading.
2271 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2272 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2273 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2274 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2275 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2276 explicitly.
2278 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2279 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2281 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2286 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2287 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2288 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2289 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2298 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2302 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2304 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2306 ;;;***
2307 \f
2308 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2314 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2315 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2316 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20874 62962 290468 0))
2317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2319 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2320 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2321 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2322 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2324 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2325 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2326 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2327 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2330 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2332 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2333 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2334 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2335 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2336 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2337 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2339 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2341 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2343 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2344 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2345 narrowed.
2347 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2350 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2352 \(fn)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2357 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2359 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2361 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2362 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2363 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2364 first, if that exists.
2366 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2370 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2371 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2377 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2378 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2379 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2380 to use.
2382 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2386 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2387 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2389 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2393 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2394 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2396 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2397 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2398 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2399 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2402 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2403 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2405 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2406 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2413 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2417 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2418 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2421 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2422 new tab in an existing window instead.
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2429 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2432 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2433 Firefox.
2435 When called interactively, if variable
2436 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2437 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2438 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2439 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2441 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2442 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2443 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2445 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2446 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2450 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2451 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2452 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2453 URL in a new window.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2460 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2461 Chromium.
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2468 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2470 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2471 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2472 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2473 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2475 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2476 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2477 new tab in an existing window instead.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2491 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2492 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2494 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2495 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2496 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2497 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2500 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2507 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2508 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2509 program is invoked according to the variable
2510 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2514 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2515 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2518 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2522 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point.
2526 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2527 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2528 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2530 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2531 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2532 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2533 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2536 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point.
2544 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2545 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2546 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2548 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2549 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2555 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2556 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2558 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2560 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2561 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2562 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2563 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2564 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2565 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2567 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2569 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2570 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2571 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2572 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2573 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2575 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2576 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2577 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2578 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2581 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2585 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2586 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2587 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2588 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2589 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2590 current one.
2592 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2593 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2594 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2595 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2598 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2600 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2602 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2603 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2604 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2605 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2606 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2607 don't offer a form of remote control.
2609 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2611 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2612 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2613 Default to the URL around or before point.
2615 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2618 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2619 Default to the URL around the point.
2621 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2622 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2624 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2625 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2627 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2629 ;;;***
2630 \f
2631 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2632 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2633 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2635 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2636 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2637 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2638 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2640 \(fn)" t nil)
2642 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2643 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2644 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2645 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2647 \(fn)" t nil)
2649 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2650 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2654 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2655 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2657 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2658 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2659 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2664 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2665 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2666 name of buffer configuration.
2668 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2670 ;;;***
2671 \f
2672 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20791 9657
2673 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
2674 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2676 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2677 Play Bubbles game.
2679 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2681 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2682 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2683 columns on its right towards the left.
2690 \(fn)" t nil)
2692 ;;;***
2693 \f
2694 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2695 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2698 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2700 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2701 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2703 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2704 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2708 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2709 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713 ;;;***
2714 \f
2715 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2716 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2717 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2718 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2719 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
2720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2721 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2727 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2728 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2729 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2730 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2731 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2732 else the global value will be modified.
2734 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2736 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2737 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2738 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2739 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2740 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2741 else the global value will be modified.
2743 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2745 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2746 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2747 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2749 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2751 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2752 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2753 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2754 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2756 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2757 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2758 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2759 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2760 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2761 before scanning it.
2763 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2764 that already has a `.elc' file.
2766 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2767 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2769 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2771 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2772 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2773 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2774 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2776 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2779 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2780 Print the result in the echo area.
2781 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2786 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2787 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2789 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2791 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2792 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2793 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2794 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2795 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2796 all functions called by those functions.
2798 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2799 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2800 cons, etc.).
2802 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2803 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2804 invoked interactively.
2806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2809 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2813 \(fn)" nil nil)
2815 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2816 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2817 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2818 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2819 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2821 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2822 already up-to-date.
2824 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2828 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2829 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2831 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2832 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2833 and corresponding effects.
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2837 ;;;***
2838 \f
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20709
2840 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2843 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2845 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 ;;;***
2848 \f
2849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2850 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2853 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2857 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2859 ;;;***
2860 \f
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2862 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2865 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2866 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2867 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2868 from the cursor position.
2870 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2872 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2877 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2878 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20863
2879 ;;;;;; 39461 835648 0))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2881 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2883 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2891 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2894 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2896 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2899 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2901 \(fn)" t nil)
2903 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2905 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2906 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2908 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2912 This is most useful in the X window system.
2914 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2916 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2918 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2920 See calc-keypad for details.
2922 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2925 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2927 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2930 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2935 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2937 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2940 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2943 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2945 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2946 Define Calc function.
2948 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2949 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2950 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2952 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2953 actual Lisp function name.
2955 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2957 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2959 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2961 ;;;***
2962 \f
2963 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709
2964 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2967 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2970 \(fn N)" t nil)
2972 ;;;***
2973 \f
2974 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20891
2975 ;;;;;; 18859 893295 0))
2976 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2978 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2979 Run the Emacs calculator.
2980 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2982 \(fn)" t nil)
2984 ;;;***
2985 \f
2986 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20762
2987 ;;;;;; 9398 526093 0))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2990 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2991 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2992 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2993 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2994 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2995 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2997 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2998 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2999 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3000 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3001 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3002 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3003 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3005 window.
3007 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3008 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3010 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3011 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3012 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3013 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3014 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3015 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3017 Runs the following hooks:
3019 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3020 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3021 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3022 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3024 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3028 ;;;***
3029 \f
3030 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3031 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3034 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3035 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3037 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3039 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3040 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3041 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3042 it fails.
3044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3046 ;;;***
3047 \f
3048 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3049 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3052 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3053 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3055 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3056 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3058 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3059 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3060 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3061 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3062 restriction to ASCII.
3064 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3066 capitalizedWorDD
3067 ^ ^ ^^
3069 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3073 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3074 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3075 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3076 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3077 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3078 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3079 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3081 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3082 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3086 ;;;***
3087 \f
3088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3089 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3091 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3093 ;;;***
3094 \f
3095 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3096 ;;;;;; (20864 28934 62335 0))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3100 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3102 \(fn)" nil nil)
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3107 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3108 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3109 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3113 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3115 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3116 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3118 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3119 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3121 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3123 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3124 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3125 made from scratch.
3127 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3129 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3172 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3173 variables are guessed:
3175 * `c-basic-offset', and
3176 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3177 `c-offsets-alist'.
3179 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3180 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3182 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3183 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3185 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3186 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3187 guess is made from scratch.
3189 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3190 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3192 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3195 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3196 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3197 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3199 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3200 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3201 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3203 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3205 ;;;***
3206 \f
3207 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3208 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3209 ;;;;;; (20903 56820 471502 429000))
3210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3212 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3213 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3214 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3215 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3216 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3217 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3220 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3222 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3223 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3233 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3234 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3236 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3237 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3238 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3242 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3243 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3245 Key bindings:
3248 \(fn)" t nil)
3250 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3251 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3253 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3256 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3266 Key bindings:
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3271 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3272 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3275 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3276 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3278 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3279 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3280 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3281 message.
3285 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3286 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3288 Key bindings:
3291 \(fn)" t nil)
3293 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3294 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3297 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3298 Major mode for editing Java code.
3300 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3301 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3302 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3303 message.
3307 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3308 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3310 Key bindings:
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3315 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3316 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3319 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3320 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3322 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3323 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3324 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3325 message.
3329 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3330 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3332 Key bindings:
3335 \(fn)" t nil)
3337 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3338 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3340 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3342 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3343 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3345 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3346 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3347 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3348 message.
3352 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3353 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3355 Key bindings:
3358 \(fn)" t nil)
3360 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3361 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3366 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3367 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3369 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3370 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3371 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3375 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3376 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3378 Key bindings:
3381 \(fn)" t nil)
3383 ;;;***
3384 \f
3385 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3386 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3389 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3390 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3391 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3392 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3394 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3397 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3398 might get set too.
3400 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3401 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3402 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3403 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3404 in this way.
3406 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3407 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3408 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3409 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3410 a null operation.
3412 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3414 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3415 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3416 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3417 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3419 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3421 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3422 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3423 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3425 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3427 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3428 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3429 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3430 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3431 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3433 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3435 ;;;***
3436 \f
3437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20904 30886
3438 ;;;;;; 391458 0))
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3440 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3441 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3444 ;;;***
3445 \f
3446 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3447 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3448 ;;;;;; (20884 7264 412929 442000))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3451 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3452 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3454 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3456 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3457 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3459 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3461 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3462 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3464 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3465 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3466 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3467 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3468 execution.
3470 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3472 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3474 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3475 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3477 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3478 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3479 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3482 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3483 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3484 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3485 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3486 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3487 `write' commands.
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3491 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3494 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3495 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3496 semantics.
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3500 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3502 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3504 STATEMENT :=
3505 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3506 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3508 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3509 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3510 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3511 | integer
3513 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3515 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3516 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3517 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3519 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3520 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3521 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3523 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3524 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3526 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3527 BREAK := (break)
3529 REPEAT :=
3530 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3531 (repeat)
3532 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3533 ;; (repeat))
3534 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3535 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3536 ;; (read REG)
3537 ;; (repeat))
3538 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3539 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3540 ;; (read REG)
3541 ;; (repeat))
3542 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3544 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3545 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3546 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3547 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3548 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3549 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3550 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3551 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3552 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3553 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3554 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3555 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3556 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3557 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3558 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3559 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3561 WRITE :=
3562 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3563 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3564 ;; representation.
3565 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3566 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3567 ;; (write r7))
3568 | (write EXPRESSION)
3569 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3570 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3571 ;; representation.
3572 | (write integer)
3573 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3574 ;; buffer.
3575 | (write string)
3576 ;; Same as: (write string)
3577 | string
3578 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3579 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3580 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3581 ;; representation.
3582 | (write REG ARRAY)
3583 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3584 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3585 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3586 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3587 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3588 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3590 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3591 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3593 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3594 END := (end)
3596 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3597 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3598 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3600 ARG := REG | integer
3602 OPERATOR :=
3603 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3604 + | - | * | / | %
3606 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3607 | & | `|' | ^
3609 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3610 | << | >>
3612 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3613 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3614 | <8
3616 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3617 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3618 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3619 | >8
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3623 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3624 | //
3626 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3627 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3629 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3630 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3631 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3632 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3633 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3634 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3635 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3636 | de-sjis
3638 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3639 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3640 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3641 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3642 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3643 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3644 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3645 ;; byte of SJIS.
3646 | en-sjis
3648 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3649 ;; Same meaning as C code
3650 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3652 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3653 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3654 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3655 | <8=
3657 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3658 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3659 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3661 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3662 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3663 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3664 | //=
3666 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3669 TRANSLATE :=
3670 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3671 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3672 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3673 LOOKUP :=
3674 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3675 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3676 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3677 MAP :=
3678 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3679 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3680 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3681 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3682 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3683 MAP-ID := integer
3685 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3687 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3689 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3690 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3691 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3692 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3693 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3694 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3696 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3698 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3699 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3700 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3702 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3704 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3706 ;;;***
3707 \f
3708 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3709 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3712 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3713 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3714 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3715 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3717 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3719 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3721 ;;;***
3722 \f
3723 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3724 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20813 33065 721081 0))
3725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3727 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3728 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3729 There are no special keybindings by default.
3732 to the action header.
3734 \(fn)" t nil)
3736 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3737 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3738 There are no special keybindings by default.
3741 to the action header.
3743 \(fn)" t nil)
3745 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3746 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3747 on the buffer contents
3749 \(fn)" nil nil)
3751 ;;;***
3752 \f
3753 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3754 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3757 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3758 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3759 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3761 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3763 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3764 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3765 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3767 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3769 ;;;***
3770 \f
3771 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3772 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3773 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3774 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3775 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3776 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3777 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3778 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
3780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3781 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3790 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3793 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3794 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3795 the users will view as each check is completed.
3797 \(fn)" t nil)
3799 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3800 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3801 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3802 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3803 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3804 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3805 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3806 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3808 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3810 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3811 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3812 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3813 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3814 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3815 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3816 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3817 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3819 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3822 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3823 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3824 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3825 spacing are all verified.
3827 \(fn)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3830 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3831 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3832 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3833 otherwise stop after the first error.
3835 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3837 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3838 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3839 Only documentation strings are checked.
3840 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3842 a separate buffer.
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3847 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3849 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3850 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3855 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3857 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3858 if there is one.
3860 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3863 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3864 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3865 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3866 if there is one.
3867 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3869 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3872 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3873 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3875 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3877 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3878 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3879 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3880 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3881 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3886 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3887 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3888 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3889 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3890 space at the end of each line.
3892 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3896 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3899 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3913 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3927 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3934 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3937 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3938 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3941 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3943 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3944 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3945 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3946 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3948 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3951 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3952 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3953 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3955 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3957 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3958 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3960 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3961 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3963 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3964 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3965 checking of documentation strings.
3969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3971 ;;;***
3972 \f
3973 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3974 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3975 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
3976 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3978 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3979 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3980 Return the length of resulting text.
3982 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3985 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3987 \(fn)" t nil)
3989 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3990 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3991 Return the length of resulting text.
3993 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3995 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3996 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3998 \(fn)" t nil)
4000 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4003 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4005 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4008 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4010 ;;;***
4011 \f
4012 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4013 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4014 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4016 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4017 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4018 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4019 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4020 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4021 editing and the result is evaluated.
4023 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4025 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4026 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4027 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4028 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4029 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4031 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4033 \(fn)" t nil)
4035 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4036 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4037 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4038 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4039 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4041 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4042 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4045 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4046 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4048 \(fn)" t nil)
4050 ;;;***
4051 \f
4052 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4053 ;;;;;; (20879 27694 495748 0))
4054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4056 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4057 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4058 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4059 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4060 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4061 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4062 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4063 of this function.
4065 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4066 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4067 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4068 property are:
4070 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4071 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4073 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4074 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4075 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4076 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4077 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4078 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4079 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4080 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4081 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4082 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4083 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4084 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4086 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4087 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4088 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4090 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4091 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4092 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4093 list elements are:
4095 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4097 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4099 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4101 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4102 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4104 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4105 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4107 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4108 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4109 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4110 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4111 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4112 value specified by their associated list element.
4114 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4116 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4117 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4118 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4120 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4121 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4122 * indent the first argument by 4.
4123 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4124 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4125 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4127 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4129 ;;;***
4130 \f
4131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20772 12071
4132 ;;;;;; 425443 833000))
4133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4135 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4137 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4138 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4139 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4140 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4141 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4142 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4144 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4145 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4147 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4149 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4151 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4153 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4155 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4160 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4178 ;;;***
4179 \f
4180 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20774
4181 ;;;;;; 53405 584723 417000))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4194 is run).
4197 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4199 ;;;***
4200 \f
4201 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20721 17977
4202 ;;;;;; 14204 0))
4203 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4205 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4206 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4210 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4211 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4213 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4214 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4215 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4217 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4219 ;;;***
4220 \f
4221 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4222 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4223 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4224 ;;;;;; (20896 36774 886399 0))
4225 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4227 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4228 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4229 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4230 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4231 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4232 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4233 functions have already modified the buffer.
4235 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4237 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4238 either globally or locally.")
4240 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4241 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4242 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4243 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4245 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4246 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4247 `start-file-process'
4248 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4249 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4250 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4252 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4253 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4255 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4257 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4259 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4261 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4262 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4263 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4264 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4265 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4266 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4267 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4268 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4269 process as its initial input.
4271 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4273 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4275 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4277 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4278 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4279 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4280 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4281 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4282 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4284 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4286 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4287 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4288 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4289 directory tracking functions.")
4291 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4292 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4293 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4295 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4297 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4299 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4300 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4301 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4303 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4305 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4307 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4308 Send COMMAND to current process.
4309 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4310 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4312 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4314 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4315 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4316 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4317 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4319 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4321 ;;;***
4322 \f
4323 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4324 ;;;;;; (20871 33574 214287 0))
4325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4327 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4328 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4329 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4330 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4332 This command pushes the mark in each window
4333 at the prior location of point in that window.
4334 If both windows display the same buffer,
4335 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4336 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4338 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4339 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4340 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4341 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4342 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4343 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4344 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4345 ignored.
4347 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4348 this command work in interlaced mode:
4349 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4350 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4351 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4353 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4355 ;;;***
4356 \f
4357 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4358 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4359 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4360 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4361 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20856
4362 ;;;;;; 32301 830403 0))
4363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4365 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4366 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4368 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4370 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4371 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4372 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4374 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4376 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4377 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4378 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4380 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4382 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4383 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4384 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4385 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4386 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4388 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4389 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4390 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4391 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4394 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4395 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4396 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4397 describing how the process finished.")
4399 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4400 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4401 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4402 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4403 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4405 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4407 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4409 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4411 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4412 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4413 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4414 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4416 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4418 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4419 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4421 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4422 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4424 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4425 (lambda ()
4428 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4430 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4432 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4433 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4435 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4436 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4437 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4438 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4440 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4442 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4443 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4444 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4445 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4448 and move to the source code that caused it.
4450 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4451 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4453 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4454 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4455 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4456 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4457 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4459 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4460 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4462 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4464 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4465 kills its subprocesses.
4467 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4468 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4469 to a function that generates a unique name.
4471 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4473 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4474 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4475 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4476 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4478 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4479 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4481 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4482 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4483 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4484 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4486 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4487 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4488 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4490 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4492 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4494 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4495 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4500 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4504 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4506 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4508 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4509 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4511 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4512 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4514 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4515 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4516 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4517 See `compilation-mode'.
4519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4521 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4522 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4524 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4525 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4527 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4528 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4529 `compilation-mode'.
4531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4533 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4534 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4535 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4537 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4539 ;;;***
4540 \f
4541 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4542 ;;;;;; (20884 7264 412929 442000))
4543 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4545 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4546 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4547 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4550 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4552 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4554 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4555 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4557 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4558 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4562 ;;;***
4563 \f
4564 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4565 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4566 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4567 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
4568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4570 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4571 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4572 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4573 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4574 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4575 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4576 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4578 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4579 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4580 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4582 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4583 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4584 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4586 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4587 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4588 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4589 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4591 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4592 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4593 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4594 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4595 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4596 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4597 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4603 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4604 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4605 Comments start with `#'.
4606 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4610 \[Desktop Entry]
4611 Encoding=UTF-8
4612 Name=The GIMP
4613 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4614 Name[cs]=GIMP
4616 \(fn)" t nil)
4618 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4619 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4620 Comments start with `;'.
4621 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4625 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4626 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4627 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4629 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4630 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4632 \(fn)" t nil)
4634 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4635 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4636 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4637 between `/*' and `*/'.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4641 // another kind of comment
4642 /* yet another */
4644 name:value
4645 name=value
4646 name value
4647 x.1 =
4648 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4649 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4651 \(fn)" t nil)
4653 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4654 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4656 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4657 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4658 `conf-space-keywords'.
4659 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4660 in an interactive fashion instead.
4662 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4666 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4667 image/png png
4668 image/tiff tiff tif
4670 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4671 class desktop
4672 # Standard multimedia devices
4673 add /dev/audio desktop
4674 add /dev/mixer desktop
4676 \(fn)" t nil)
4678 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4679 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4680 See `conf-space-mode'.
4682 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4684 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4697 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4699 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4703 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4711 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4715 *background: gray99
4716 *foreground: black
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4720 ;;;***
4721 \f
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4723 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4726 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4727 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4728 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4729 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4733 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4734 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4735 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4736 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4740 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4741 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4742 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4743 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4745 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4747 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4748 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4750 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4752 ;;;***
4753 \f
4754 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4755 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20709
4756 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4758 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4759 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4760 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4762 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4763 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4764 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4765 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4766 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4767 following the copyright are updated as well.
4768 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4769 interactively.
4771 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4773 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4774 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4775 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4776 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4777 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4779 \(fn)" t nil)
4781 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4782 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4784 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4786 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4787 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4788 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4790 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4792 ;;;***
4793 \f
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4795 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20901 54695 989166
4796 ;;;;;; 0))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4798 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4799 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4800 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4801 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4802 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4803 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4804 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4806 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4807 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4808 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4809 Tab indents for Perl code.
4810 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4811 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4813 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4814 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4815 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4819 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4820 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4821 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4822 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4823 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4826 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4828 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4829 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4831 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4833 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4834 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4835 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4837 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4838 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4841 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4845 bite if angry;
4847 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4848 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4849 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4850 to nil.)
4853 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4854 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4856 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4858 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4859 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4860 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4862 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4866 if (A) { B }
4868 into
4870 B if A;
4874 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4875 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4876 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4877 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4878 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4879 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4880 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4881 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4882 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4883 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4884 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4885 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4888 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4890 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4891 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4892 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4893 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4895 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4897 man via menu.
4899 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4900 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4901 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4902 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4906 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4907 span the needed amount of lines.
4909 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4910 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4911 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4912 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4914 Variables controlling indentation style:
4915 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4916 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4917 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4918 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4919 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4920 `cperl-auto-newline'
4921 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4922 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4924 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4925 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4926 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4927 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4928 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4929 `cperl-indent-level'
4930 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4931 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4932 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4933 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4934 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4935 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4936 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4937 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4938 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4939 `cperl-brace-offset'
4940 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4941 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4942 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4943 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4944 `cperl-label-offset'
4945 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4946 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4947 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4949 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4950 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4951 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4952 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4953 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4954 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4956 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4959 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4961 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4962 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4963 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4964 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4966 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4967 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4969 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4970 column 0 is indented on
4971 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4973 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4974 with no args.
4976 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4977 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4978 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4980 \(fn)" t nil)
4982 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4983 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4985 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4987 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4988 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4990 \(fn)" t nil)
4992 ;;;***
4993 \f
4994 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4995 ;;;;;; (20874 65006 672942 217000))
4996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4998 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4999 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5000 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5001 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5002 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5004 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5006 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5007 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5009 \(fn)" t nil)
5011 ;;;***
5012 \f
5013 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5014 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5017 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5018 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5019 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5020 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5022 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5023 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5025 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5027 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5028 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5030 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5031 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5035 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5037 ;;;***
5038 \f
5039 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5040 ;;;;;; (20825 24233 991089 0))
5041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5043 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5044 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5045 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5046 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5048 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5049 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5051 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5053 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5054 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5055 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5057 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5058 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5059 'bob', and 'eve'.
5061 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5062 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5063 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5065 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5066 with empty strings removed.
5068 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5069 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5070 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5072 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5074 ;;;***
5075 \f
5076 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20709
5077 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5078 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5080 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5081 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5083 \(fn)" t nil)
5085 ;;;***
5086 \f
5087 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5088 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5089 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5091 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5092 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5093 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5094 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5095 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5096 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5098 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5100 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5101 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5103 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5104 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5106 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5107 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5108 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5109 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5110 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5111 normal function of these prefix keys.
5113 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5114 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5115 options:
5116 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5117 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5118 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5120 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5121 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5122 the prefix fallback behavior.
5124 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5125 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5126 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5127 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5131 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5132 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5134 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5136 ;;;***
5137 \f
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5139 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5140 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5141 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5142 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5143 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5144 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5145 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5146 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5147 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5148 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20874 9766 437572 0))
5149 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5151 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5152 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5154 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5156 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5157 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5159 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5161 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5162 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5164 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5166 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5167 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5169 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5170 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5172 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5173 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5175 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5177 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5179 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5180 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5181 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5183 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5184 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5186 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5187 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5190 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5192 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5194 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5196 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5197 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5198 Return VALUE.
5200 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5201 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5203 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5204 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5207 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5209 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5211 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5213 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5214 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5215 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5216 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5218 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5219 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5220 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5222 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5224 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5225 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5227 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5228 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5230 \(fn)" t nil)
5232 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5233 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5234 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5235 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5237 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5239 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5240 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5241 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5243 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5245 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5248 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5250 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5252 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5253 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5255 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5257 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5259 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5260 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5261 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5263 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5265 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5266 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5267 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5268 as part of Emacs itself.
5270 Each elements looks like this:
5272 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5274 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5275 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5276 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5277 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5278 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5279 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5280 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5281 and `defface'.
5283 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5285 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5291 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5292 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5293 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5294 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5296 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5298 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5300 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5301 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5302 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5303 release.
5305 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5306 that were added or redefined since that version.
5308 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5310 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5311 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5312 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5313 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5315 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5317 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5318 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5320 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5322 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5323 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5324 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5326 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5327 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5329 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5331 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5332 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5334 \(fn)" t nil)
5336 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5337 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5339 \(fn)" t nil)
5341 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5342 Customize all saved options and faces.
5344 \(fn)" t nil)
5346 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5347 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5348 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5349 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5350 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5351 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5353 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5354 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5355 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5357 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5359 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5360 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5362 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5364 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5365 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5367 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5369 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5370 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5372 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5374 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5375 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5376 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5377 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5378 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5379 that option.
5381 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5383 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5384 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5385 The result includes selecting that window.
5386 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5387 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5388 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5389 that option.
5391 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5393 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5394 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5396 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5398 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5399 File used for storing customization information.
5400 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5401 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5402 it should be an absolute file name.
5404 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5405 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5406 something like the following in your init file:
5409 \(load custom-file)
5411 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5412 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5414 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5415 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5416 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5417 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5418 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5420 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5421 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5422 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5423 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5424 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5425 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5427 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5428 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5429 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5431 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5433 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5434 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5436 \(fn)" nil nil)
5438 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5439 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5441 \(fn)" t nil)
5443 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5444 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5445 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5447 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5449 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5450 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5451 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5452 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5453 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5455 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5457 ;;;***
5458 \f
5459 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5460 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20841
5461 ;;;;;; 12463 538770 0))
5462 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5464 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5465 Create or edit a custom theme.
5466 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5467 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5468 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5469 from the Custom save file.
5470 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5471 named *Custom Theme*.
5473 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5475 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5476 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5478 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5480 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5481 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5483 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5485 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5486 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5487 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5488 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5492 ;;;***
5493 \f
5494 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5495 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5498 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5499 Mode used for cvs status output.
5501 \(fn)" t nil)
5503 ;;;***
5504 \f
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5506 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5509 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5510 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5512 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5514 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5515 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5516 C++ modes are included.
5518 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5519 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5520 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5524 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5526 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5527 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5528 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5531 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5533 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5535 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5536 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5537 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5538 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5539 ARG is omitted or nil.
5541 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5542 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5543 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5547 ;;;***
5548 \f
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5550 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5551 ;;;;;; (20826 45095 436233 0))
5552 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5554 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5555 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5557 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5559 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5560 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5562 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5564 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5565 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5566 For readability, the table is slightly
5567 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5569 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5570 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5571 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5572 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5573 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5575 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5577 ;;;***
5578 \f
5579 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5580 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5581 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5582 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5583 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5584 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5585 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5587 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5588 Completion on current word.
5590 and presents suggestions for completion.
5592 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5593 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5594 completions.
5597 then it searches *all* buffers.
5599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5601 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5604 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5605 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5606 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5607 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5608 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5610 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5611 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5613 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5614 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5615 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5617 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5618 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5622 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5624 ;;;***
5625 \f
5626 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5627 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5628 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5630 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5631 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5633 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5635 ;;;***
5636 \f
5637 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20900
5638 ;;;;;; 33838 319219 0))
5639 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5641 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5642 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5643 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5644 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5645 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5647 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5649 ;;;***
5650 \f
5651 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763
5652 ;;;;;; 30266 231060 0))
5653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5655 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5656 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5658 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5659 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5660 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5662 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5663 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5664 Data lines are not indented.
5666 Key bindings:
5669 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5676 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5678 dcl-basic-offset
5679 Extra indentation within blocks.
5681 dcl-continuation-offset
5682 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5684 dcl-margin-offset
5685 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5687 dcl-margin-label-offset
5688 Indentation for a label.
5690 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5691 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5693 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5694 dcl-block-end-regexp
5695 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5696 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5697 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5698 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5699 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5701 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5702 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5703 Two such functions are included in the package:
5704 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5705 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5707 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5708 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5709 One such function is included in the package:
5710 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5712 dcl-tab-always-indent
5713 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5714 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5715 margin.
5717 dcl-electric-characters
5718 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5719 typed.
5721 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5722 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5723 which words trigger electric indentation.
5725 dcl-tempo-comma
5726 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5727 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5728 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5730 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5731 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5732 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5733 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5735 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5736 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5737 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5738 dcl-imenu-label-call
5739 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5741 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5742 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5743 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5744 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5747 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5749 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5750 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5751 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5752 $ i = 1
5753 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5754 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5755 $ label:
5756 $ if i.eq.1
5757 $ then
5758 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5759 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5760 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5761 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5764 $ type sys$input
5765 Data lines are not indented at all.
5766 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5767 $ endif
5768 $
5771 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5772 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5774 \(fn)" t nil)
5776 ;;;***
5777 \f
5778 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5779 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5782 (setq debugger 'debug)
5784 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5786 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5787 of the evaluator.
5789 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5790 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5791 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5793 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5795 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5796 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5798 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5800 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5801 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5802 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5803 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5804 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5805 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5808 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5810 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5812 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5814 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5815 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5816 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5818 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5820 ;;;***
5821 \f
5822 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5823 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5824 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5826 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5827 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5829 \(fn)" t nil)
5831 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5832 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5833 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5834 Upper-case letters are commands.
5836 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5837 modify it.
5839 The most useful commands are:
5843 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5847 \(fn)" t nil)
5849 ;;;***
5850 \f
5851 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5852 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709
5853 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5854 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5856 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5857 Customization of `columns' group.
5859 \(fn)" t nil)
5861 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5862 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5864 START and END delimits the text region.
5866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5868 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5869 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5871 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5873 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5875 ;;;***
5876 \f
5877 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20709
5878 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5879 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5881 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5883 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5884 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5885 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5886 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5887 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5888 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5890 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5892 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5893 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5894 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5895 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5896 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5898 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5899 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5900 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5901 any selection.
5903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5905 ;;;***
5906 \f
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5908 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5911 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5912 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5914 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5916 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5917 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5918 or nil if there is no parent.
5920 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5921 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5922 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5923 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5925 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5926 arguments are currently understood:
5927 :group GROUP
5928 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5929 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5930 :syntax-table TABLE
5931 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5932 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5933 :abbrev-table TABLE
5934 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5935 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5937 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5941 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5942 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5943 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5945 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5946 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5950 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5952 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5953 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5955 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5956 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5958 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5960 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5962 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5964 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5965 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5966 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5967 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5968 the first time the mode is used.
5970 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5972 ;;;***
5973 \f
5974 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5975 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20875 30633 412173 0))
5976 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5978 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5979 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5980 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5981 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5982 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5983 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5984 otherwise.
5986 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5988 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5989 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5990 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5991 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5993 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5994 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5995 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5997 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5998 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5999 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6000 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6001 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6002 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6003 relevant to POS.
6005 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6007 ;;;***
6008 \f
6009 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6010 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6011 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6012 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20866 42607 417304 513000))
6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6015 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6016 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6017 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6019 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6021 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6022 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6024 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6025 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6027 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6028 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6029 `desktop-read' for details.
6031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6033 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6034 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6035 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6036 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6038 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6040 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6041 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6042 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6044 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6045 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6046 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6048 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6051 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6052 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6053 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6055 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6056 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6057 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6058 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6060 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6062 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6063 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6065 Handlers are called with argument list
6067 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6069 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6071 desktop-file-version
6072 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6073 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6074 desktop-buffer-point
6075 desktop-buffer-mark
6076 desktop-buffer-read-only
6077 desktop-buffer-locals
6079 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6080 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6082 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6083 code like
6085 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6086 ...
6087 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6088 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6090 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6092 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6094 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6095 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6096 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6097 List elements must have the form
6099 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6101 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6102 function.
6104 Handlers are called with argument list
6106 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6108 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6110 desktop-file-version
6111 desktop-buffer-file-name
6112 desktop-buffer-name
6113 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6114 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6115 desktop-buffer-point
6116 desktop-buffer-mark
6117 desktop-buffer-read-only
6118 desktop-buffer-misc
6120 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6121 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6122 created and set.
6124 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6125 code like
6127 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6128 ...
6129 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6130 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6132 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6134 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6136 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6138 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6139 Empty the Desktop.
6140 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6141 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6142 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6144 \(fn)" t nil)
6146 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6147 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6148 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6149 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6150 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6151 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6153 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6155 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6156 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6157 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6159 \(fn)" t nil)
6161 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6162 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6163 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6164 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6165 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6166 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6167 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6168 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6170 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6172 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6173 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6174 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6176 \(fn)" nil nil)
6178 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6180 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6181 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6182 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6183 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6184 directory DIRNAME.
6186 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6188 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6189 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6191 \(fn)" t nil)
6193 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6194 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6196 \(fn)" t nil)
6198 ;;;***
6199 \f
6200 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6201 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6202 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
6203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6205 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6206 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6207 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6208 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6209 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6210 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6212 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6215 Repair a broken attribution line.
6216 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6218 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6220 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6221 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6222 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6223 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6225 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6227 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6228 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6230 \(fn)" t nil)
6232 ;;;***
6233 \f
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6235 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20879 27694 495748 0))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6238 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6239 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6240 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6241 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6242 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6246 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6247 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6248 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6249 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6251 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6252 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6253 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6254 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6256 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6257 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6259 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6261 calendar-date-style 'european
6264 \(diary-mail-entries)
6266 # diary-rem.el ends here
6268 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6270 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6271 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6273 \(fn)" t nil)
6275 ;;;***
6276 \f
6277 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6278 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6279 ;;;;;; (20760 54070 584283 0))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6282 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6283 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6285 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6287 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6288 The command to use to run diff.")
6290 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6292 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6293 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6294 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6295 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6296 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6297 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6299 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6300 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6301 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6303 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6305 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6306 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6307 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6308 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6309 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6310 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6312 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6314 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6315 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6317 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6319 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6320 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6321 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6323 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6325 ;;;***
6326 \f
6327 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6328 ;;;;;; (20814 53928 50501 0))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6331 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6332 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6333 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6334 normal diffs.
6336 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6337 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6338 headers for you on-the-fly.
6346 \(fn)" t nil)
6348 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6349 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6351 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6352 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6358 ;;;***
6359 \f
6360 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6363 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6364 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6365 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6367 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6369 ;;;***
6370 \f
6371 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-hide-details-mode dired-mode dired-noselect
6372 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-listing-switches)
6373 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
6374 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6376 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6377 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6378 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6379 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6380 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6381 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6382 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6383 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6385 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6387 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6388 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6389 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6390 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6391 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6392 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6394 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6396 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6397 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6398 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6399 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6400 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6401 list of files to make directory entries for.
6406 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6408 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6409 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6411 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6414 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6415 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6417 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6420 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6422 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6423 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6425 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6427 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6430 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6433 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6436 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6438 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6441 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6442 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6443 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6444 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6446 to see why something went wrong.
6451 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6458 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6459 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6462 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6464 again for the directory tree.
6467 for more info):
6469 `dired-listing-switches'
6470 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6471 `dired-marker-char'
6472 `dired-del-marker'
6473 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6474 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6475 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6476 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6480 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6481 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6482 `dired-mode-hook'
6483 `dired-load-hook'
6485 Keybindings:
6488 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6489 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6491 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6492 Hide details in `dired-mode'.
6494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6496 ;;;***
6497 \f
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6499 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6502 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6503 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6505 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6506 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6508 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6509 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6510 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6512 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6513 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6514 directory.
6516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6518 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6519 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6520 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6521 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6522 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6523 from `default-directory'.
6525 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6527 ;;;***
6528 \f
6529 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709
6530 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6533 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6534 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6535 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6536 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6537 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6538 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6540 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6542 ;;;***
6543 \f
6544 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6545 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6546 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6547 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6548 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6549 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6550 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6552 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6553 Return a new, empty display table.
6555 \(fn)" nil nil)
6557 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6558 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6559 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6560 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6561 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6563 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6565 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6566 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6567 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6568 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6569 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6571 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6573 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6574 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6576 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6578 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6579 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6581 \(fn)" t nil)
6583 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6584 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6586 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6587 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6589 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6590 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6591 byte.
6593 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6594 in the default way after this call.
6596 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6599 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6601 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6604 Display character C using printable string S.
6606 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6608 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6609 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6610 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6611 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6613 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6615 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6616 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6617 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6618 X frame.
6620 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6622 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6623 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6625 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6627 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6628 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6630 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6632 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6633 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6635 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6637 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6638 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6640 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6642 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6643 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6645 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6647 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6648 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6650 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6651 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6653 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6654 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6656 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6657 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6658 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6659 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6661 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6662 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6663 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6664 in `.emacs'.
6666 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6668 ;;;***
6669 \f
6670 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6671 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
6672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6674 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6675 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6676 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6677 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6678 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6679 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6680 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6681 Default is 2.
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6685 ;;;***
6686 \f
6687 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818
6688 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6691 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6692 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6693 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6694 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6695 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6696 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6697 private or ask).
6698 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6699 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6700 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6701 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6702 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6704 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6706 ;;;***
6707 \f
6708 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6709 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6712 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6713 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6714 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6715 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6716 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6717 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6718 table and its own syntax table.
6720 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6722 \(fn)" t nil)
6723 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6725 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6726 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6728 \(fn)" t nil)
6730 ;;;***
6731 \f
6732 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6733 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20899
6734 ;;;;;; 12965 791908 0))
6735 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6738 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6739 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6740 OpenDocument format).
6742 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6744 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6745 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6747 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6748 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6751 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6754 \(fn)" t nil)
6756 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6757 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6758 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6759 to the next best mode.
6761 \(fn)" nil nil)
6763 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6764 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6765 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6766 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6767 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6769 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6773 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6776 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6778 ;;;***
6779 \f
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818
6781 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6782 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6784 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6785 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6787 \(fn)" t nil)
6789 ;;;***
6790 \f
6791 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20709 26818
6792 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6793 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6795 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6796 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6798 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6799 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6801 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6802 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6806 ;;;***
6807 \f
6808 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838
6809 ;;;;;; 319219 0))
6810 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6812 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6813 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6815 \(fn)" t nil)
6817 ;;;***
6818 \f
6819 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6820 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6821 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6824 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6826 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6827 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6828 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6829 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6830 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6832 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6833 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6834 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6835 and disables it otherwise.
6837 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6838 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6839 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6840 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6842 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6843 documenting what its argument does.
6845 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6846 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6847 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6848 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6849 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6850 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6851 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6852 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6854 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6855 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6856 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6857 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6858 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6859 mode is global):
6861 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6863 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6864 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6865 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6866 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6867 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6868 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6869 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6870 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6871 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6872 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6873 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6874 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6875 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6876 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6877 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6878 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6879 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6880 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6881 in :variable).
6883 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6884 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6886 For example, you could write
6889 ...BODY CODE...)
6891 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6893 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6895 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6897 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6899 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6900 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6901 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6902 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6903 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6904 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6905 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6906 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6907 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6908 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6909 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6910 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6912 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6913 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6914 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6915 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6916 call another major mode in their body.
6918 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6919 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6920 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6922 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6924 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6926 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6927 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6928 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6929 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6930 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6931 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6932 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6934 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6936 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6937 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6938 :inherit Parent keymap.
6939 :group Ignored.
6940 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6941 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6943 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6945 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6946 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6947 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6948 the constant's documentation.
6950 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6952 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6953 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6954 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6956 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6958 ;;;***
6959 \f
6960 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6961 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20709
6962 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6965 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6966 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6967 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6968 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6970 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6971 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6972 as a top-level menu bar item.
6974 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6975 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6976 pairs:
6978 :filter FUNCTION
6979 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6980 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6981 items to actually display.
6983 :visible INCLUDE
6984 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6985 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6986 alias for `:visible'.
6988 :active ENABLE
6989 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6990 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6991 an alias for `:active'.
6993 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6994 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6996 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6998 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7000 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7001 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7003 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7004 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7006 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7008 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7010 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7011 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7013 :keys KEYS
7014 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7015 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7016 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7017 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7019 :key-sequence KEYS
7020 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7021 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7022 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7023 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7025 :active ENABLE
7026 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7027 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7028 alias for `:active'.
7030 :visible INCLUDE
7031 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7032 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7033 `:visible'.
7035 :label FORM
7036 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7037 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7039 :suffix FORM
7040 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7041 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7043 :style STYLE
7044 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7045 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7046 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7048 :selected SELECTED
7049 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7050 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7052 :help HELP
7053 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7055 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7056 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7057 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7059 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7060 MENU. This is a submenu.
7062 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7064 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7066 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7069 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7071 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7072 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7073 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7074 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7076 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7078 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7079 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7080 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7081 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7082 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7083 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7085 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7086 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7087 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7089 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7090 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7091 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7093 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7094 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7096 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7098 ;;;***
7099 \f
7100 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7101 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7102 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7103 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7104 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7105 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7106 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7107 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Customization for ebnf group.
7113 \(fn)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7118 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7120 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7121 processed.
7123 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7125 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7127 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7128 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7130 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7131 killed after process termination.
7133 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7135 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7137 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7138 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7140 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7141 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7142 it to the printer.
7144 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7145 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7146 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7147 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7149 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7151 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7152 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7153 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7155 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7157 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7160 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7162 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7163 processed.
7165 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7167 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7169 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7170 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7172 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7173 killed after process termination.
7175 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7177 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7179 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7180 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7181 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7182 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7184 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7186 \(fn)" t nil)
7188 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7189 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7190 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7192 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7194 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7196 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7197 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7199 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7201 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7202 processed.
7204 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7206 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7208 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7209 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7211 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7212 killed after EPS generation.
7214 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7216 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7221 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7222 The EPS file name has the following form:
7224 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7226 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7229 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7230 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7231 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7235 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7236 files.
7238 \(fn)" t nil)
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7243 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7244 The EPS file name has the following form:
7246 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7248 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7251 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7252 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7253 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7257 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7258 files.
7260 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7262 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7267 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7269 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7270 are processed.
7272 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7274 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7279 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7280 killed after syntax checking.
7282 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7284 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7289 \(fn)" t nil)
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7294 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7299 \(fn)" nil nil)
7301 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7302 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7304 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7306 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7308 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7309 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7311 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7313 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Delete style NAME.
7318 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7320 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7322 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7323 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7325 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7327 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Set STYLE as the current style.
7332 Returns the old style symbol.
7334 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7336 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Reset current style.
7341 Returns the old style symbol.
7343 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7345 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7350 Returns the old style symbol.
7352 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7354 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7356 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7358 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7359 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7361 Returns the old style symbol.
7363 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7365 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 ;;;***
7370 \f
7371 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7372 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7373 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7374 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7375 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7376 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7377 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7378 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7379 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7380 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7381 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20709
7382 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
7383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7386 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7387 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7388 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7389 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7392 Tree mode key bindings:
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7398 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7403 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7408 View declaration of member at point.
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7413 Find declaration of member at point.
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7418 View definition of member at point.
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7423 Find definition of member at point.
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7428 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7433 View definition of member at point in other window.
7435 \(fn)" t nil)
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7438 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7440 \(fn)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7443 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7445 \(fn)" t nil)
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7448 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7450 \(fn)" t nil)
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7453 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7455 \(fn)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7458 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7459 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7460 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7461 completion.
7463 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7466 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7467 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7468 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7470 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7473 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7474 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7475 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7477 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7480 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7481 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7486 Search for call sites of a member.
7487 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7488 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7489 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7490 looks like a function call to the member.
7492 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7495 Move backward in the position stack.
7496 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7498 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7501 Move forward in the position stack.
7502 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7507 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7512 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7517 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7518 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7519 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7521 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7523 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7524 Display statistics for a class tree.
7526 \(fn)" t nil)
7528 ;;;***
7529 \f
7530 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7531 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7532 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7534 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7536 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7538 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7539 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7540 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7542 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7545 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7546 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7547 also has this effect.
7549 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7561 ;;;***
7562 \f
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7564 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7567 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7568 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7569 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7571 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7573 ;;;***
7574 \f
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7576 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7579 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7582 \(fn)" nil nil)
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20813 33065
7587 ;;;;;; 721081 0))
7588 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7590 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7591 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7592 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7595 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7597 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7599 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7600 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7605 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7606 an EDE controlled project.
7608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7610 ;;;***
7611 \f
7612 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7613 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7614 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20834 39208 838628 0))
7615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7617 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7618 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7619 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7620 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7621 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7623 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7624 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7625 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7626 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7628 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7630 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7631 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7632 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7633 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7635 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7637 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7638 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7639 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7640 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7642 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7644 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7646 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7647 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7648 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7649 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7650 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7652 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7653 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7654 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7655 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7656 instrumented for Edebug.
7658 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7659 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7660 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7661 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7662 already is one.)
7664 \(fn)" t nil)
7666 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7667 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7669 \(fn)" t nil)
7671 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7672 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7674 \(fn)" t nil)
7676 ;;;***
7677 \f
7678 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7679 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7680 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7681 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7682 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7683 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7684 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7685 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7686 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7687 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20893 60586
7688 ;;;;;; 188550 0))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7691 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7694 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7697 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7699 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7701 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7703 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7705 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7706 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7707 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7708 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7710 \(fn)" t nil)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7714 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7715 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7717 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7719 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7722 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7724 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7726 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7727 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7729 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7731 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7733 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7735 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7736 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7738 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7740 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7742 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7744 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7745 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7747 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7749 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7752 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7753 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7754 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7756 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7758 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7760 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7762 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7763 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7765 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7767 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7769 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7770 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7771 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7772 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7773 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7774 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7776 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7778 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7780 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7781 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7783 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7785 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7787 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7788 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7789 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7790 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7792 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7794 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7796 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7798 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7799 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7800 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7801 follows:
7802 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7803 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7805 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7807 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7808 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7809 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7810 follows:
7811 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7812 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7814 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7818 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7819 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7820 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7822 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7824 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7825 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7826 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7827 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7828 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7829 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7831 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7833 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7835 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7836 Merge two files without ancestor.
7838 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7840 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7841 Merge two files with ancestor.
7843 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7845 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7848 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7850 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7852 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7853 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7855 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7858 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7859 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7860 buffer.
7862 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7865 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7866 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7867 buffer.
7869 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7871 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7872 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7873 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7874 and don't ask the user.
7875 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7876 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7878 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7880 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7881 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7882 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7883 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7884 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7885 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7886 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7887 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7889 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7891 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7893 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7895 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7896 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7897 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7898 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7899 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7901 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7903 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7905 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7906 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7907 When called interactively, displays the version.
7909 \(fn)" t nil)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7912 Display Ediff's manual.
7913 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7915 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7917 ;;;***
7918 \f
7919 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7920 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7923 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7926 \(fn)" t nil)
7928 ;;;***
7929 \f
7930 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7931 ;;;;;; (20893 60586 188550 0))
7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7934 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7935 Display Ediff's registry.
7937 \(fn)" t nil)
7939 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7941 ;;;***
7942 \f
7943 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7944 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
7945 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7947 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7948 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7949 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7950 which see.
7952 \(fn)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7955 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7956 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7957 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7959 \(fn)" t nil)
7961 ;;;***
7962 \f
7963 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7964 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7965 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7966 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7968 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7969 Edit a keyboard macro.
7970 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7971 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7972 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7973 its command name.
7974 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7976 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7978 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7979 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7981 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7983 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7984 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7986 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7988 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7989 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7991 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7995 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7996 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7997 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7998 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8000 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8002 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8003 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8004 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8005 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8006 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8007 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8009 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8011 ;;;***
8012 \f
8013 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8014 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8017 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8018 Set scroll margins.
8019 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8020 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8022 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8024 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8025 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8027 \(fn)" t nil)
8029 ;;;***
8030 \f
8031 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8032 ;;;;;; (20762 9398 526093 0))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8035 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8037 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8038 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8039 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8040 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8041 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8043 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8044 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8047 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8048 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8049 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8051 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8052 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8053 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8055 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8056 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8057 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8059 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8061 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8064 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8066 ;;;***
8067 \f
8068 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8069 ;;;;;; (20771 24374 643644 0))
8070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8072 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8073 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8074 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8076 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8078 ;;;***
8079 \f
8080 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8081 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8082 ;;;;;; (20892 39729 858825 0))
8083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8085 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8086 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8087 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8088 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8090 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8091 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8093 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8094 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8095 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8096 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8098 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8100 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8101 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8102 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8104 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8105 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8107 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8108 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8109 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8111 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8113 ;;;***
8114 \f
8115 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-post-insert-mode eldoc-mode
8116 ;;;;;; eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20806
8117 ;;;;;; 59818 347907 0))
8118 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8120 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8121 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8123 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8125 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8126 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8127 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8128 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8129 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8131 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8132 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8133 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8134 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8135 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8136 expression point is on.
8138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8140 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8141 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8149 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8150 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8152 \(fn)" t nil)
8154 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8155 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8156 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8157 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8158 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8159 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8160 arg list.
8162 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8163 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8164 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8165 effect.
8167 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8168 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8170 ;;;***
8171 \f
8172 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8173 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
8174 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8176 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8177 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8179 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8180 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8181 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8183 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8184 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8186 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8188 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8189 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8190 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8191 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8192 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8194 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8195 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8196 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8200 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8201 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8202 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8205 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8207 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8209 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8210 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8212 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8213 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8215 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8216 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8217 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8219 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8223 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8224 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8225 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8228 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8230 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8232 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8233 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8234 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8235 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8236 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8237 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8241 ;;;***
8242 \f
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709
8244 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8245 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8247 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8248 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8250 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8251 an elided material again.
8253 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8257 ;;;***
8258 \f
8259 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8260 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8261 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8264 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8265 Lint the file FILE.
8267 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8269 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8270 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8271 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8273 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8275 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8276 Lint the current buffer.
8277 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8279 \(fn)" t nil)
8281 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8282 Lint the function at point.
8283 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8285 \(fn)" t nil)
8287 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8288 Initialize elint.
8289 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8290 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8292 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8294 ;;;***
8295 \f
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8297 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709
8298 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8301 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8302 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8303 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8305 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8307 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8308 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8309 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8310 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8312 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8314 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8315 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8316 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8320 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8323 Display current profiling results.
8324 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8325 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8326 displayed.
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8330 ;;;***
8331 \f
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8333 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8336 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8337 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8338 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8339 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8340 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8341 ARG is omitted or nil.
8343 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8344 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8345 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8346 used instead.
8348 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8350 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8351 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8352 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8354 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8358 ;;;***
8359 \f
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8361 ;;;;;; (20759 33211 414988 0))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8364 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8365 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8366 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8368 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8370 ;;;***
8371 \f
8372 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8373 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8374 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8375 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8376 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8379 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8380 Run Emerge on two files.
8382 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8384 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8385 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8387 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8389 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8390 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8392 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8394 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8395 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8397 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8399 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8402 \(fn)" nil nil)
8404 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8407 \(fn)" nil nil)
8409 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8412 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8414 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8417 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8419 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8420 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8422 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8424 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8425 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8427 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8429 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8432 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8434 ;;;***
8435 \f
8436 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8437 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8440 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8441 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8442 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8443 text/enriched format.
8445 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8446 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8447 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8449 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8451 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8452 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8454 Commands:
8458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8460 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8463 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8465 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8468 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8470 ;;;***
8471 \f
8472 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8473 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8474 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8475 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8476 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8477 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20879
8478 ;;;;;; 27694 495748 0))
8479 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8481 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8482 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8484 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8487 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8489 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8492 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8493 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8494 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8495 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8496 the keys are listed.
8497 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8499 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8501 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8502 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8504 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8506 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8507 Verify FILE.
8509 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8511 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8512 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8514 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8516 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8517 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8519 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8521 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8522 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8524 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8525 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8526 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8527 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8529 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8530 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8531 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8532 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8533 should consider using the string based counterpart
8534 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8535 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8537 For example:
8539 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8540 (decode-coding-string
8541 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8542 'utf-8))
8544 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8546 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8547 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8549 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8550 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8555 Verify the current region between START and END.
8557 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8558 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8559 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8560 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8561 should consider using the string based counterpart
8562 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8563 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8565 For example:
8567 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8568 (decode-coding-string
8569 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8570 'utf-8))
8572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8575 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8576 between START and END.
8578 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8579 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8581 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8583 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8584 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8586 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8587 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8588 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8589 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8590 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8591 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8593 For example:
8595 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8596 (epg-sign-string
8597 context
8598 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8600 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8602 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8603 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8605 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8606 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8607 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8608 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8609 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8610 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8612 For example:
8614 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8615 (epg-encrypt-string
8616 context
8617 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8618 nil))
8620 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8622 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8623 Delete selected KEYS.
8625 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8627 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8628 Import keys from FILE.
8630 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8632 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8633 Import keys from the region.
8635 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8637 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8638 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8639 between START and END.
8641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8643 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8644 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8646 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8649 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8651 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8653 ;;;***
8654 \f
8655 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8656 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818
8657 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8660 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8661 Decrypt marked files.
8663 \(fn)" t nil)
8665 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8666 Verify marked files.
8668 \(fn)" t nil)
8670 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8671 Sign marked files.
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8675 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8676 Encrypt marked files.
8678 \(fn)" t nil)
8680 ;;;***
8681 \f
8682 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8683 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8684 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8686 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8689 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8691 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8696 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8699 \(fn)" t nil)
8701 ;;;***
8702 \f
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8704 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8705 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8708 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8709 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8711 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8712 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8716 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8717 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8718 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8720 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8724 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8725 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8726 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8728 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8730 \(fn)" t nil)
8732 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8733 Sign the current buffer.
8734 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8736 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8738 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8740 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8741 Encrypt the current buffer.
8742 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8744 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8746 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8748 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8749 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8750 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8752 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8754 \(fn)" t nil)
8756 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8757 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8758 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8761 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8763 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8765 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8766 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8768 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8769 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8773 ;;;***
8774 \f
8775 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20853 3623 384273
8776 ;;;;;; 0))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8779 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8780 Return a context object.
8782 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8784 ;;;***
8785 \f
8786 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8787 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8790 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8791 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8793 \(fn)" nil nil)
8795 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8796 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8798 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8800 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8801 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8803 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8805 ;;;***
8806 \f
8807 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8808 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8811 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8812 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8814 \(fn)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8817 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8818 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8820 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8822 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8823 (server (erc-compute-server))
8824 (port (erc-compute-port))
8825 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8826 password
8827 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8829 That is, if called with
8833 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8834 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8835 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8837 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8839 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8841 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8842 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8843 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8845 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8847 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8848 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8849 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8850 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8852 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8854 ;;;***
8855 \f
8856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8857 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8859 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20709 26818
8864 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8866 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8871 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8873 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8875 ;;;***
8876 \f
8877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8878 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8880 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8885 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988 0))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8889 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8890 Parser for /dcc command.
8891 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8893 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8895 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8897 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8898 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8900 \(fn)" nil nil)
8902 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8903 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8905 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8906 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8907 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8908 that subcommand.
8910 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8912 ;;;***
8913 \f
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8915 ;;;;;; (20874 65006 176325 548000))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8917 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8922 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8923 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8924 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8925 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8928 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8929 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8931 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8933 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8934 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8935 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8936 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8938 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8940 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8943 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8945 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8946 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8948 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8950 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8953 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8958 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8960 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8961 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8963 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8965 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8966 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8968 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8970 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8971 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8973 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8975 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8976 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8978 \(fn)" nil nil)
8980 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8981 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8983 \(fn)" nil nil)
8985 ;;;***
8986 \f
8987 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709
8988 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8990 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8992 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8993 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8994 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8996 \(fn)" nil nil)
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9001 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9003 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9005 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9006 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9007 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9008 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9009 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9010 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9011 system.
9013 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9015 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9018 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9023 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9029 \(fn)" nil nil)
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9034 ;;;;;; 0))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9036 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20884 7264 412929
9041 ;;;;;; 442000))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9045 ;;;***
9046 \f
9047 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9048 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9050 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9052 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9053 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9054 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9055 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9056 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9057 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9061 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9062 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9063 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9064 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9066 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9067 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9068 automatically.
9070 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9071 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9073 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9078 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9079 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9080 ;;;;;; (20763 30266 231060 0))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9082 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9084 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9085 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9087 \(fn)" t nil)
9089 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9090 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9092 \(fn)" t nil)
9094 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9095 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9097 \(fn)" t nil)
9099 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9100 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9102 \(fn)" t nil)
9104 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9105 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9109 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9110 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9112 \(fn)" t nil)
9114 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9115 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9117 \(fn)" t nil)
9119 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9120 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9122 \(fn)" t nil)
9124 ;;;***
9125 \f
9126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9127 ;;;;;; 442000))
9128 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9129 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9131 ;;;***
9132 \f
9133 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9134 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9138 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9139 Show who's gone.
9141 \(fn)" nil nil)
9143 ;;;***
9144 \f
9145 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9146 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9151 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9152 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9154 \(fn)" nil nil)
9156 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9157 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9159 \(fn)" t nil)
9161 ;;;***
9162 \f
9163 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9164 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9168 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9169 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9170 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9171 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9173 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9175 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9178 \(fn)" nil nil)
9180 ;;;***
9181 \f
9182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9183 ;;;;;; 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9185 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9187 ;;;***
9188 \f
9189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9190 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9192 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9194 ;;;***
9195 \f
9196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9197 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9201 ;;;***
9202 \f
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9204 ;;;;;; 442000))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9206 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9208 ;;;***
9209 \f
9210 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9211 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709 26818 907104
9212 ;;;;;; 0))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9216 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9217 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9219 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9221 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9223 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9225 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9227 ;;;***
9228 \f
9229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9230 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9232 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9234 ;;;***
9235 \f
9236 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9237 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9238 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9240 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9241 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9242 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9244 \(fn)" t nil)
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9249 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9251 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9253 ;;;***
9254 \f
9255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9256 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9258 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9260 ;;;***
9261 \f
9262 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9263 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9264 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9266 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9267 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9268 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9270 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9272 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9273 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9274 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9275 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9276 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9278 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9279 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9280 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9281 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9284 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9289 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709 26818 907104
9290 ;;;;;; 0))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9292 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9294 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9295 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9296 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9297 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9299 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9301 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9302 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9303 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9305 \(fn)" t nil)
9307 ;;;***
9308 \f
9309 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9310 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9312 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9314 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9315 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9317 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9319 ;;;***
9320 \f
9321 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9322 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9323 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20834 39208 838628 0))
9324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9326 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9327 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9329 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9330 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9332 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9333 assertions in BODY.
9335 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9337 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9338 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9339 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9341 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9343 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9345 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9347 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9348 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9350 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9351 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9355 Returns the stats object.
9357 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9359 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9360 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9362 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9363 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9364 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9365 the tests).
9367 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9369 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9370 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9372 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9373 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9374 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9375 and how to display message.
9377 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9379 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9381 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9382 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9384 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9386 ;;;***
9387 \f
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9389 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9392 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9394 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9395 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9397 \(fn)" t nil)
9399 ;;;***
9400 \f
9401 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20893
9402 ;;;;;; 60586 188550 0))
9403 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9405 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9406 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9410 \(fn)" nil nil)
9412 ;;;***
9413 \f
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9415 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9418 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9419 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9420 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9421 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9422 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9423 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9424 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9425 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9426 buffer selected (or created).
9428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9430 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9431 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9432 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9434 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9436 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9437 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9438 The result might be any Lisp object.
9439 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9440 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9441 corresponding to a successful execution.
9443 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9445 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9447 ;;;***
9448 \f
9449 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9450 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9451 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9452 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9453 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9454 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9455 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9456 ;;;;;; (20731 53823 676680 0))
9457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9459 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9460 File name of tags table.
9461 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9462 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9463 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9464 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9465 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9467 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9468 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9469 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9470 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9472 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9474 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9475 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9477 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9478 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9479 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9481 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9483 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9484 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9485 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9487 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9489 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9490 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9491 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9492 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9493 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9495 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9497 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9502 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9504 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9506 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9507 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9508 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9510 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9512 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9513 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9515 \(fn)" t nil)
9517 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9518 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9519 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9520 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9523 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9525 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9526 file the tag was in.
9528 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9530 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9531 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9532 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9533 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9534 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9535 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9536 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9537 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9538 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9540 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9542 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9543 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9544 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9545 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9546 without directory names.
9548 \(fn)" nil nil)
9549 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9550 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9551 (progn
9552 (load "etags")
9553 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9555 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9556 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9557 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9558 but does not select the buffer.
9559 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9561 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9562 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9563 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9564 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9567 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9569 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9571 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9573 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9575 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9577 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9578 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9579 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9580 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9597 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9599 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9600 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9601 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9602 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9603 around or before point.
9605 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9606 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9607 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9608 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9611 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9613 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9615 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9617 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9619 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9620 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9622 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9623 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9624 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9625 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9626 around or before point.
9628 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9629 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9630 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9631 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9634 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9636 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9638 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9642 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9643 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9647 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9649 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9650 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9651 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9652 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9655 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9657 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9659 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9661 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9663 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9664 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9665 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9667 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9671 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9672 where they were found.
9674 \(fn)" t nil)
9676 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9677 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9679 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9680 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9681 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9683 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9684 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9686 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9687 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9689 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9691 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9693 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9694 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9696 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9697 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9698 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9699 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9700 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9702 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9703 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9705 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9706 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9707 Stops when a match is found.
9710 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9711 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9712 restricted to these files.
9714 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9716 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9718 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9719 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9720 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9723 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9724 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9725 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9727 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9728 produce the list of files to search.
9730 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9732 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9734 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9735 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9736 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9737 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9738 directory specification.
9740 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9742 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9743 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9745 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9747 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9748 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9749 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9750 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9752 \(fn)" t nil)
9754 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9755 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9756 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9757 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9760 \(fn)" t nil)
9762 ;;;***
9763 \f
9764 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9765 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9766 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9767 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9768 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9769 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9770 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9771 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9774 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9777 \(fn)" nil nil)
9779 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9780 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9782 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9783 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9785 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9786 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9787 primary language.
9789 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9790 even if the buffer is read-only.
9792 See also the descriptions of the variables
9793 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9795 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9797 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9798 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9800 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9801 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9803 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9804 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9805 primary language.
9807 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9808 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9810 See also the descriptions of the variables
9811 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9813 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9815 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9817 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9820 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9823 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9824 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9825 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9827 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9828 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9829 primary language.
9831 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9832 buffer is read-only.
9834 See also the descriptions of the variables
9835 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9836 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9838 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9840 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9841 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9843 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9844 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9846 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9847 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9848 the primary language.
9850 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9851 buffer is read-only.
9853 See also the descriptions of the variables
9854 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9855 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9857 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9859 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9863 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9865 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9866 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9868 \(fn)" t nil)
9870 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9871 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9873 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9874 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9875 be 1, 2, or 3.
9877 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9878 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9879 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9881 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9883 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9885 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9886 This function is deprecated.
9888 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9891 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9893 \(fn)" t nil)
9895 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9896 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9898 \(fn)" t nil)
9900 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9901 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9904 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9906 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9907 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9909 \(fn)" nil nil)
9911 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9912 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9914 \(fn)" nil nil)
9916 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9917 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9919 \(fn)" nil nil)
9921 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9922 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9924 \(fn)" nil nil)
9926 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9927 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9928 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9930 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9932 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9935 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9937 ;;;***
9938 \f
9939 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9940 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9941 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9944 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9945 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9946 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9947 server for future sessions.
9949 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9951 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9952 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9953 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9955 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9957 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9958 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9959 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9961 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9963 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9964 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9965 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9966 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9967 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9968 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9969 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9970 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9971 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9972 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9973 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9974 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9976 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9978 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9979 Display a form to query the directory server.
9980 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9981 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9983 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9985 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9986 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9987 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9989 \(fn)" t nil)
9991 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9993 ;;;***
9994 \f
9995 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9996 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9997 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10001 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10006 Display URL and make it clickable.
10011 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10016 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10021 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10026 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10030 ;;;***
10031 \f
10032 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10033 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574 214287 0))
10034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10037 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10038 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10043 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10047 ;;;***
10048 \f
10049 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10050 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
10051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10054 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10058 ;;;***
10059 \f
10060 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709
10061 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10065 Create an empty ewoc.
10067 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10069 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10070 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10071 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10072 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10073 `insert-before-markers'.
10075 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10076 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10077 respectively, of the ewoc.
10079 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10080 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10081 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10085 ;;;***
10086 \f
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10088 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10089 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10090 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10094 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10100 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10102 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10103 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10108 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10109 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10110 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10111 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10112 executable.
10117 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10118 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10123 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10124 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10125 file modes.
10129 ;;;***
10130 \f
10131 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10132 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10133 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
10134 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10137 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10138 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10139 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10141 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10143 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10144 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10145 to generate such functions.
10147 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10148 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10149 beginning of the expanded text.
10151 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10152 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10153 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10154 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10156 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10161 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10162 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10167 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10168 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10173 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10174 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10180 ;;;***
10181 \f
10182 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20886 939
10183 ;;;;;; 575794 0))
10184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10187 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10188 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10196 Key definitions:
10199 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10201 `f90-do-indent'
10202 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10203 `f90-if-indent'
10204 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10205 `f90-type-indent'
10206 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10207 `f90-program-indent'
10208 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10209 (default 2).
10210 `f90-associate-indent'
10211 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10212 `f90-critical-indent'
10213 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10214 `f90-continuation-indent'
10215 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10216 `f90-comment-region'
10219 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10220 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10222 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10225 `f90-break-delimiters'
10226 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10228 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10229 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10230 (default t).
10231 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10232 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10233 `f90-smart-end'
10234 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10235 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10236 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10237 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10238 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10239 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10240 `f90-leave-line-no'
10241 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10243 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10244 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10248 ;;;***
10249 \f
10250 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10251 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10252 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10253 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20841
10254 ;;;;;; 12463 538770 0))
10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10258 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10259 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10260 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10262 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10263 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10264 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10265 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10266 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10268 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10269 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10270 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10271 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10272 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10273 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10274 attributes.
10276 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10277 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10282 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10283 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10284 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10289 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10290 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10291 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10293 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10294 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10295 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10297 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10298 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10299 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10300 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10305 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10306 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10308 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10309 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10310 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10311 the same amount).
10316 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10317 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10319 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10320 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10321 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10322 will remove any scaling currently active.
10327 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10328 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10337 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10339 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10341 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10342 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10344 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10345 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10346 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10348 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10349 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10350 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10352 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10354 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10355 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10356 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10357 will remove any scaling currently active.
10359 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10360 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10361 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10362 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10363 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10368 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10370 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10371 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10372 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10377 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10378 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10379 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10380 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10381 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10382 `buffer-face-mode'.
10384 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10385 local, and sets it to FACE.
10390 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10391 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10392 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10393 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10394 `face' text property.
10396 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10397 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10398 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10399 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10401 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10402 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10407 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10408 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10409 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10413 ;;;***
10414 \f
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10416 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10417 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20891 18859
10418 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
10419 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10422 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10423 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10424 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10429 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10434 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10435 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10436 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10441 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10442 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10443 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10444 backup file names and the like).
10449 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10450 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10451 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10452 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10453 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10454 internally by feedmail):
10456 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10457 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10458 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10459 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10461 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10462 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10463 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10464 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10465 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10469 ;;;***
10470 \f
10471 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10472 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10473 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20752 26669 524456 0))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10477 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10478 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10479 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10480 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10481 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10482 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10487 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10488 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10489 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10490 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10491 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10492 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10499 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10500 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10501 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10502 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10503 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10508 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10509 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10510 Return value:
10511 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10512 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10513 * otherwise, nil
10518 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10519 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10524 Try to get a file name at point.
10525 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10530 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10534 ;;;***
10535 \f
10536 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10537 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10538 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10539 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10540 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10543 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10544 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10545 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10550 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10551 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10552 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10553 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10554 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10559 Add FILE to the file cache.
10564 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10565 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10570 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10571 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10576 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10577 This function does not use any external programs.
10578 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10579 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10580 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10585 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10586 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10587 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10588 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10589 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10590 \(directories) is done.
10594 ;;;***
10595 \f
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10597 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10598 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10599 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10600 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20709 26818
10601 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10602 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10605 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10607 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10608 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10609 Local Variables list.
10611 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10612 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10613 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10618 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10623 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10625 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10626 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10627 the -*- line.
10629 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10630 then this function adds it.
10635 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10640 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10645 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10650 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10655 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10660 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10664 ;;;***
10665 \f
10666 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20791
10667 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
10668 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10671 Filesets initialization.
10672 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10676 ;;;***
10677 \f
10678 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818
10679 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10680 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10683 Initiate the building of a find command.
10684 For example:
10691 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10692 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10696 ;;;***
10697 \f
10698 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10699 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10703 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10704 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10708 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10714 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10715 and run dired on those files.
10716 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10717 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10719 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10724 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10725 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10730 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10735 ;;;***
10736 \f
10737 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10738 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10739 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20872 54440 171355 0))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10742 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10743 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10744 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10745 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10746 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10747 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10753 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10754 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10756 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10763 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10764 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10766 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10767 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10769 Variables of interest include:
10771 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10772 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10773 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10775 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10776 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10777 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10779 - `ff-ignore-include'
10780 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10782 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10783 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10785 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10786 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10788 - `ff-special-constructs'
10789 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10790 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10791 extracting the filename from that construct.
10793 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10794 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10796 - `ff-search-directories'
10797 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10798 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10800 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10801 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10803 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10804 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10806 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10807 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10809 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10810 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10812 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10813 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10818 Visit the file you click on.
10823 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10827 ;;;***
10828 \f
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10830 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10831 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10832 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10833 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10834 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10839 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10840 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10845 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10846 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10847 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10849 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10850 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10851 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10852 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10857 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10859 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10860 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10861 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10862 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10864 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10865 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10866 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10868 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10869 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10870 in `load-path'.
10875 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10877 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10878 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10879 places point before the definition.
10880 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10882 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10883 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10884 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10889 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10891 See `find-function' for more details.
10896 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10898 See `find-function' for more details.
10903 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10905 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10906 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10907 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10909 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10910 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10915 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10917 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10918 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10919 places point before the definition.
10921 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10923 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10924 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10925 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10930 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10932 See `find-variable' for more details.
10937 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10939 See `find-variable' for more details.
10944 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10945 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10946 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10947 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10948 buffer nor display it.
10950 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10951 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10956 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10958 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10959 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10960 places point before the definition.
10962 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10964 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10965 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10966 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10971 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10972 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10977 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10982 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10987 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10994 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20709 26818
10995 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10999 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11004 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11009 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11013 ;;;***
11014 \f
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11016 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11020 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11025 Display FILE's commentary section.
11026 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11031 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11035 ;;;***
11036 \f
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11038 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11042 Toggle flow control handling.
11044 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11049 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11051 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11053 to get the effect of a C-q.
11057 ;;;***
11058 \f
11059 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11060 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11073 ;;;***
11074 \f
11075 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11076 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20896 36774
11077 ;;;;;; 886399 0))
11078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11081 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11082 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11083 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11084 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11089 Turn flymake mode on.
11094 Turn flymake mode off.
11103 ;;;***
11104 \f
11105 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11106 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11107 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240 240216 0))
11108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11111 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11117 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11119 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11120 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11122 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11123 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11124 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11126 Bindings:
11132 Hooks:
11133 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11135 Remark:
11136 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11137 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11138 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11140 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11141 consider adding:
11142 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11143 in your init file.
11151 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11156 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11161 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11166 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11171 Flyspell whole buffer.
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11178 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11179 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11183 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11188 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11193 Toggle Follow mode.
11194 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11195 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11196 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11198 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11199 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11201 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11202 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11203 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11205 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11206 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11207 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11208 movement commands.
11210 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11211 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11212 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11213 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11214 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11215 mileage may vary).
11217 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11220 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11222 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11224 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11230 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11232 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11233 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11234 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11235 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11236 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11237 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11239 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11240 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11241 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11245 ;;;***
11246 \f
11247 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709
11248 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11252 Toggle Footnote mode.
11253 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11254 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11255 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11257 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11258 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11259 play around with the following keys:
11264 ;;;***
11265 \f
11266 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11267 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11271 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11273 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11274 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11275 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11276 C-c < forms-first-record <
11277 C-c > forms-last-record >
11278 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11279 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11280 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11281 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11282 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11283 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11284 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11285 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11286 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11287 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11292 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11297 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11301 ;;;***
11302 \f
11303 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11304 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11308 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11309 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11312 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11316 Key definitions:
11319 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11321 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11323 `fortran-do-indent'
11324 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11325 `fortran-if-indent'
11326 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11327 `fortran-structure-indent'
11328 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11329 (default 3)
11330 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11331 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11332 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11333 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11334 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11335 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11336 nil don't change the indentation
11337 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11338 value of either
11339 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11340 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11341 depending on the continuation format in use.
11342 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11343 indentation for a line of code.
11344 (default 'fixed)
11345 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11346 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11348 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11349 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11350 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11351 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11352 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11353 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11354 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11355 column 5.
11356 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11358 statements (default nil).
11359 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11361 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11362 `fortran-continuation-string'
11363 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11365 `fortran-comment-region'
11368 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11369 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11370 as typed (default t).
11371 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11372 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11374 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11375 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11379 ;;;***
11380 \f
11381 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11382 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517
11383 ;;;;;; 595445 191000))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11387 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11389 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11390 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11395 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11397 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11398 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11403 Compile fortune file.
11405 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11406 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11411 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11413 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11414 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11415 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11416 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11421 Display a fortune cookie.
11422 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11423 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11424 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11425 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11429 ;;;***
11430 \f
11431 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11432 ;;;;;; (20903 57728 956434 133000))
11433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11436 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11442 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11443 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11444 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11445 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11446 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11447 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11452 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11453 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11454 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11456 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11457 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11458 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11462 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11463 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11464 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11465 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11467 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11468 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11469 shown in some of the buffers.
11471 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11473 The following commands help control operation :
11475 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11476 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11478 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11479 detailed description of this mode.
11482 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11483 | GDB Toolbar |
11484 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11485 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11486 | | |
11487 | | |
11488 | | |
11489 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11490 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11491 | | (comint-mode) |
11492 | | |
11493 | | |
11494 | | |
11495 | | |
11496 | | |
11497 | | |
11498 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11499 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11500 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11501 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11502 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11503 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11507 ;;;***
11508 \f
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11510 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20709
11511 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11515 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11516 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11520 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11522 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11523 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11524 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11525 documentation string instead.
11527 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11528 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11532 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11533 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11534 enders are actually possible.
11536 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11537 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11539 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11540 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11541 `font-lock-keywords'.
11543 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11544 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11545 runs the macro expansion.
11547 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11548 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11549 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11551 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11553 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11560 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11565 Enter generic mode MODE.
11567 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11569 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11571 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11572 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11577 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11578 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11579 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11580 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11581 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11582 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11583 `font-lock-keywords'.
11587 ;;;***
11588 \f
11589 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11590 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11594 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11596 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11597 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11598 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11602 ;;;***
11603 \f
11604 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11605 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11606 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11610 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11611 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11616 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11618 Guideline for numbers:
11619 1 - error messages
11620 3 - non-serious error messages
11621 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11622 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11623 9 - messages inside loops.
11628 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11629 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11634 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11639 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11641 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11642 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11644 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11645 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11646 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11648 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11649 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11654 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11658 ;;;***
11659 \f
11660 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11661 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20901 54695
11662 ;;;;;; 989166 0))
11663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11668 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11673 Read network news.
11674 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11675 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11676 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11677 name of an NNTP server to use.
11678 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11679 server.
11684 Read news as a slave.
11689 Pop up a frame to read news.
11690 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11691 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11692 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11693 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11694 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11696 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11697 current display is used.
11702 Read network news.
11703 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11704 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11705 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11709 ;;;***
11710 \f
11711 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11712 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11713 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11714 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11715 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11716 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11720 Start Gnus unplugged.
11725 Start Gnus plugged.
11730 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11735 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11737 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11738 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11739 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11741 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11742 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11743 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11748 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11753 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11754 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11755 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11756 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11757 supported.
11762 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11763 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11764 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11765 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11766 supported.
11771 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11776 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11777 downloaded into the agent.
11782 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11783 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11784 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11789 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11794 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11799 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11800 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11804 ;;;***
11805 \f
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11807 ;;;;;; (20874 65006 176325 548000))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11811 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11815 ;;;***
11816 \f
11817 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11818 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
11819 ;;;;;; 0))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11823 Set a bookmark for this article.
11828 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11833 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11834 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11835 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11836 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11840 ;;;***
11841 \f
11842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11843 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11844 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709
11845 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11849 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11851 Usage:
11852 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11857 Generate the cache active file.
11862 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11867 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11868 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11869 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11870 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11871 supported.
11876 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11877 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11878 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11879 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11880 supported.
11884 ;;;***
11885 \f
11886 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11887 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11891 Delay this article by some time.
11892 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11894 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11895 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11897 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11898 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11900 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11901 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11906 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11911 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11912 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11913 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11915 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11916 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11920 ;;;***
11921 \f
11922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11923 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11936 ;;;***
11937 \f
11938 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11939 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11943 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11947 ;;;***
11948 \f
11949 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11950 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11954 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11958 ;;;***
11959 \f
11960 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11961 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11962 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709
11963 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11967 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11972 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11977 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11979 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11980 different input formats.
11985 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11987 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11988 different input formats.
11993 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11994 The PNG is returned as a string.
11999 Convert FILE to a Face.
12000 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12001 726 bytes.
12005 ;;;***
12006 \f
12007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12008 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874 65006 176325
12009 ;;;;;; 548000))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12013 Display gravatar in the From header.
12014 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12019 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12020 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12024 ;;;***
12025 \f
12026 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12027 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12031 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12032 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12033 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12038 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12042 ;;;***
12043 \f
12044 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12045 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20874 65006 672942 217000))
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12058 ;;;***
12059 \f
12060 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12061 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12067 Run batched scoring.
12068 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12072 ;;;***
12073 \f
12074 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12075 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12076 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12085 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12086 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12091 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12097 ;;;***
12098 \f
12099 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12100 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12101 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12105 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12106 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12107 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12108 group parameters.
12110 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12111 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12112 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12113 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12115 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12116 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12117 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12118 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12119 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12120 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12121 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12122 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12123 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12124 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12129 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12130 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12131 nil CATCH-ALL).
12133 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12134 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12139 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12140 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12142 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12147 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12148 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12150 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12152 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12153 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12154 existing groups are considered.
12156 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12157 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12158 returned.
12160 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12161 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12162 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12163 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12164 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12165 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12166 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12167 clauses will be generated.
12169 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12170 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12171 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12172 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12173 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12174 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12176 For example, given the following group parameters:
12178 nnml:mail.bar:
12181 nnml:mail.foo:
12186 nnml:mail.others:
12187 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12199 ;;;***
12200 \f
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12202 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20858 21542 723007 0))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12206 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12207 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12208 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12209 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12210 instead.
12212 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12215 Mail to ADDRESS.
12220 Like `message-reply'.
12224 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12226 ;;;***
12227 \f
12228 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12229 ;;;;;; (20886 939 575794 0))
12230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12233 Send a notification on new message.
12234 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12235 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12236 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12238 This is typically a function to add in
12239 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12243 ;;;***
12244 \f
12245 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12246 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12247 ;;;;;; (20874 65006 672942 217000))
12248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12251 Display picons in the From header.
12252 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12257 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12258 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12263 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12264 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12268 ;;;***
12269 \f
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12271 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12272 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12273 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12274 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12278 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12279 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12280 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12285 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12286 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12287 LIST1 is modified.
12292 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12293 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12303 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12304 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12309 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12310 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12317 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12318 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12323 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12324 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12329 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12330 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12335 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12339 ;;;***
12340 \f
12341 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12342 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20779 18487 859617
12343 ;;;;;; 0))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12347 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12352 Install the registry hooks.
12356 ;;;***
12357 \f
12358 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12359 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709
12360 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
12361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12364 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12365 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12366 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12367 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12368 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12373 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12374 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12375 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12376 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12385 ;;;***
12386 \f
12387 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12388 ;;;;;; (20893 60586 188550 0))
12389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12392 Update the format specification near point.
12396 ;;;***
12397 \f
12398 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12399 ;;;;;; (20763 30266 231060 0))
12400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12403 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12407 ;;;***
12408 \f
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12410 ;;;;;; (20901 54695 989166 0))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12414 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12415 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12419 ;;;***
12420 \f
12421 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12422 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12426 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12431 Install the sync hooks.
12435 ;;;***
12436 \f
12437 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12438 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12442 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12446 ;;;***
12447 \f
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12449 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12450 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12453 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12454 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12455 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12456 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12457 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12463 ;;;***
12464 \f
12465 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20709 26818
12466 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12470 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12472 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12473 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12474 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12476 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12477 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12478 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12480 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12483 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12484 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12490 ;;;***
12491 \f
12492 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12493 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766
12494 ;;;;;; 6456 368550 0))
12495 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12500 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12501 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12502 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12503 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12508 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12509 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12510 or to send e-mail.
12511 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12512 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12514 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12515 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12521 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12523 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12524 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12529 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12533 ;;;***
12534 \f
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12536 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12540 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12541 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12546 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12553 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12554 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20896 36774
12555 ;;;;;; 886399 0))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12565 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12566 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12567 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12569 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12570 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12577 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12578 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12588 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12592 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12596 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12600 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12601 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12605 How to invoke find and grep.
12606 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12607 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12608 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12609 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12620 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12621 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12631 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12636 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12638 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12641 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12642 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12644 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12645 can easily repeat a grep command.
12647 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12648 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12649 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12650 list is empty).
12655 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12656 Collect output in a buffer.
12658 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12660 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12661 easily repeat a find command.
12668 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12669 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12670 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12671 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12674 before it is executed.
12677 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12678 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12679 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12686 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12687 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12688 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12689 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12692 before it is executed.
12695 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12696 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12697 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12702 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12703 to specify a command to run.
12708 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12709 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12710 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12716 ;;;***
12717 \f
12718 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104
12719 ;;;;;; 0))
12720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12723 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12724 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12725 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12730 ;;;***
12731 \f
12732 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12733 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20895 15912
12734 ;;;;;; 444844 0))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12738 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12739 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12740 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12745 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12746 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12747 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12752 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12753 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12754 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12759 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12760 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12761 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12763 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12764 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12769 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12770 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12771 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12776 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12777 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12778 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12783 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12786 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12788 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12789 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12790 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12791 original source file access method.
12793 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12794 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12799 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12804 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12805 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12807 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12813 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12815 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12816 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12820 ;;;***
12821 \f
12822 ;;;### (autoloads (gv-ref setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12823 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12824 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12828 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12829 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12830 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12831 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12832 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12833 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12834 set it to.
12835 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12840 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12841 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12842 of PLACE.
12843 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12844 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12845 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12846 and SETTER.
12847 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12848 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12855 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12856 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12857 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12858 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12869 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12871 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12874 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12875 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12876 well for simple place forms.
12877 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12878 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12879 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12880 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12881 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12882 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12883 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12890 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12891 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12892 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12893 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12895 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12896 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12897 (let ((temp VAL))
12898 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12899 temp)
12900 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12905 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12906 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12907 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12908 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12909 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12916 Return a reference to PLACE.
12917 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12921 ;;;***
12922 \f
12923 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791
12924 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
12925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12929 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12930 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12932 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12933 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12934 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12935 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12939 ;;;***
12940 \f
12941 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12942 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
12943 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12946 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12951 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12952 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12953 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12955 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12960 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12961 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12962 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12963 to be updated.
12967 ;;;***
12968 \f
12969 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12970 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12971 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12975 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12980 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12981 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12986 Verify a hashcash payment
12991 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12992 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12993 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12994 `mail-add-payment-async').
12999 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13000 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13001 Calculation is asynchronous.
13006 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13007 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13011 ;;;***
13012 \f
13013 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13014 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13015 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13016 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818
13017 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13018 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13021 Return the help-echo string at point.
13022 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13023 property, or nil, is returned.
13024 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13025 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13026 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13031 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13032 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13033 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13034 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13039 Display local help in the echo area.
13040 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13041 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13042 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13043 printed instead.
13045 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13046 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13047 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13052 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13053 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13058 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13059 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13064 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13065 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13066 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13067 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13068 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13069 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13070 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13071 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13072 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13073 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13075 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13076 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13077 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13078 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13079 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13081 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13082 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13083 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13084 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13085 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13086 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13087 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13093 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13094 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13095 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13096 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13097 considered different regions.
13099 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13100 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13101 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13102 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13103 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13104 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13105 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13106 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13107 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13112 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13113 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13114 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13115 different regions.
13117 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13118 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13119 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13120 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13121 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13122 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13123 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13124 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13126 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13127 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13128 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13129 rarely happens in practice.
13134 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13135 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13136 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13137 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13138 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13142 ;;;***
13143 \f
13144 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13145 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13146 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13147 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
13148 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13151 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13156 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13157 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13162 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13163 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13164 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13165 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13166 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13167 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13168 search for a function definition.
13170 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13171 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13172 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13173 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13174 suitable file is found, return nil.
13184 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13185 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13186 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13191 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13192 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13193 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13194 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13195 it is displayed along with the global value.
13200 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13201 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13202 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13207 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13208 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13209 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13210 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13215 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13220 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13224 ;;;***
13225 \f
13226 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13227 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13228 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13231 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13232 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13233 window listing and describing the options.
13239 ;;;***
13240 \f
13241 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13242 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13243 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13244 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
13245 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13248 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13249 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13250 Commands:
13268 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13269 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13270 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13273 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13275 restore it properly when going back.
13280 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13281 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13282 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13283 from `help-mode'.
13285 it does not already exist.
13290 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13292 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13293 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13294 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13295 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13296 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13297 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13298 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13299 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13301 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13302 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13303 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13304 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13306 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13307 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13308 that.
13313 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13314 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13315 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13316 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13317 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13322 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13323 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13324 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13325 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13330 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13335 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13336 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13337 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13341 ;;;***
13342 \f
13343 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13344 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13348 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13353 Provide help for current mode.
13357 ;;;***
13358 \f
13359 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13360 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13361 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13365 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13366 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13367 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13369 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13370 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13373 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13374 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13375 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13377 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13378 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13379 periods.
13381 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13382 in hexl format.
13384 A sample format:
13386 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13387 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13388 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13389 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13390 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13391 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13392 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13393 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13394 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13395 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13396 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13397 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13398 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13399 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13400 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13402 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13403 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13404 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13406 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13407 also supported.
13409 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13411 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13412 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13413 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13416 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13417 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13420 into the buffer at the current point.
13423 into the buffer at the current point.
13426 into the buffer at the current point.
13430 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13431 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13440 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13441 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13442 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13447 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13448 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13452 ;;;***
13453 \f
13454 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13455 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13456 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13457 ;;;;;; (20825 24233 991089 0))
13458 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13461 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13462 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13463 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13464 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13466 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13468 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13469 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13471 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13472 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13473 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13474 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13478 which can be called interactively, are:
13481 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13484 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13485 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13486 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13489 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13492 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13495 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13497 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13499 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13500 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13501 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13502 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13503 function returns t.
13506 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13508 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13509 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13510 form:
13511 Hi-lock: FOO
13513 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13514 position (number of characters into buffer)
13515 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13516 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13517 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13522 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13523 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13531 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13532 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13533 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13534 ARG is omitted or nil.
13536 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13537 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13538 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13545 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13546 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13547 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13548 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13550 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13551 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13552 highlighting will not update as you type.
13559 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13560 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13561 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13562 value(s) REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13564 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13565 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13566 highlighting will not update as you type.
13573 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13574 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13575 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13576 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE. When
13577 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13578 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13579 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13581 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13582 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13583 highlighting will not update as you type.
13590 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13591 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13592 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13594 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13599 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13601 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13602 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13603 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13607 ;;;***
13608 \f
13609 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13610 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13614 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13615 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13616 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13617 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13619 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13620 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13621 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13622 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13624 `hide-ifdef-env'
13625 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13626 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13627 is used.
13629 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13630 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13631 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13632 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13633 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13635 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13636 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13637 #endif lines when hiding.
13639 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13640 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13641 is activated.
13643 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13644 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13645 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13651 ;;;***
13652 \f
13653 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13654 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13657 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13658 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13659 Each element has the form
13660 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13662 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13663 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13665 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13666 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13668 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13669 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13670 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13671 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13672 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13673 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13675 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13676 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13678 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13679 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13681 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13682 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13686 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13688 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13689 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13691 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13692 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13693 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13695 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13696 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13697 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13699 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13700 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13702 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13704 Key bindings:
13710 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13714 ;;;***
13715 \f
13716 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13717 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13718 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13719 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13720 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20709
13721 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13725 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13730 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13731 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13733 this on and off.
13735 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13740 through various faces.
13742 buffer with the contents of a file
13748 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13749 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13750 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13751 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13753 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13754 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13755 in a distinctive face.
13757 The default value can be customized with variable
13758 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13760 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13765 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13766 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13771 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13776 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13781 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13783 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13784 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13785 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13786 shown in the last face in the list.
13788 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13789 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13790 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13792 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13797 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13799 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13801 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13802 to save the file.
13804 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13805 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13807 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13814 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13816 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13817 this function is called interactively.
13819 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13820 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13821 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13823 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13830 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13831 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13839 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13840 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13841 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13842 ARG is omitted or nil.
13844 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13845 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13846 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13850 ;;;***
13851 \f
13852 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13853 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13854 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13856 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13857 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13858 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13864 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13865 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13866 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13867 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13868 expansions.
13869 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13871 undoes the expansion.
13876 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13877 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13878 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13882 ;;;***
13883 \f
13884 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13885 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13886 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13889 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13891 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13892 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13894 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13895 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13896 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13897 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13898 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13899 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13901 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13902 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13903 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13904 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13909 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13910 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13912 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13918 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13919 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13920 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13921 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13923 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13924 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13925 windows.
13927 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13928 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13932 ;;;***
13933 \f
13934 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13935 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13936 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13937 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13938 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13943 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13944 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13953 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13954 Oriental holidays.
13964 Local holidays.
13974 User defined holidays.
13981 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13986 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13991 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13996 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14003 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14004 Jewish holidays.
14013 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14014 Christian holidays.
14023 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14024 Islamic holidays.
14033 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14034 Bahá'à holidays.
14043 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14044 Sun-related holidays.
14054 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14055 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14056 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14061 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14062 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14063 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14064 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14066 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14067 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14069 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14070 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14072 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14073 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14074 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14075 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14076 of a holiday list.
14078 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14084 ;;;***
14085 \f
14086 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791
14087 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14091 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14095 ;;;***
14096 \f
14097 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14098 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20774 51822 616889 64000))
14099 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14102 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14103 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14104 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14105 as possible.
14107 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14108 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14109 fontified display.
14111 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14114 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14115 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14116 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14121 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14122 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14124 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14128 ;;;***
14129 \f
14130 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14131 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709
14132 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14136 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14138 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14139 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14140 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14142 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14143 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14144 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14145 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14146 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14147 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14149 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14150 title of the column.
14152 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14153 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14154 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14155 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14156 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14161 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14162 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14163 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14164 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14166 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14167 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14173 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14174 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14175 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14176 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14177 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14179 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14180 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14181 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14182 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14183 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14184 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14185 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14186 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14187 values are:
14188 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14189 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14190 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14191 buffer's modification flag.
14192 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14193 prompted before performing this operation.
14194 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14195 operation is complete, in the form:
14197 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14198 confirmation message, in the form:
14200 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14201 macro for exactly what it does.
14203 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14206 Define a filter named NAME.
14207 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14208 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14209 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14211 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14212 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14213 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14214 bound to the current value of the filter.
14218 ;;;***
14219 \f
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14221 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20792 30519 8548 0))
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14225 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14226 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14227 buffers which are visiting a file.
14232 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14233 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14234 buffers which are visiting a file.
14239 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14240 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14242 All arguments are optional.
14243 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14245 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14246 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14247 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14248 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14249 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14250 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14251 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14252 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14253 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14254 that value locally in this buffer.
14258 ;;;***
14259 \f
14260 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14261 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14262 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14263 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14266 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14267 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14268 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14273 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14274 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14275 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14276 ICAL-FILENAME.
14277 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14278 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14279 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14284 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14285 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14286 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14287 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14288 non-marking or not.
14293 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14295 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14296 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14297 DIARY-FILE.
14299 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14300 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14301 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14303 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14304 non-marking.
14306 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14307 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14308 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14312 ;;;***
14313 \f
14314 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20766
14315 ;;;;;; 59066 666084 0))
14316 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14319 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14320 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14328 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14335 ;;;***
14336 \f
14337 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818
14338 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14342 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14343 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14344 Tab indents for Icon code.
14345 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14346 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14348 Variables controlling indentation style:
14349 icon-tab-always-indent
14350 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14351 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14352 icon-auto-newline
14353 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14354 inserted in Icon code.
14355 icon-indent-level
14356 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14357 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14358 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14359 icon-continued-statement-offset
14360 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14361 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14362 icon-continued-brace-offset
14363 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14364 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14365 icon-brace-offset
14366 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14367 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14368 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14369 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14371 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14372 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14376 ;;;***
14377 \f
14378 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14379 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
14380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14383 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14384 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14385 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14387 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14388 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14389 separate frames.
14391 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14392 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14394 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14395 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14396 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14405 ;;;;;; (20901 54695 989166 0))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14409 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14411 The main features of this mode are
14413 1. Indentation and Formatting
14414 --------------------------
14415 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14416 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14419 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14420 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14421 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14423 Comments are indented as follows:
14425 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14426 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14427 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14429 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14432 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14433 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14435 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14436 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14438 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14443 2. Routine Info
14444 ------------
14445 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14446 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14448 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14449 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14450 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14451 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14452 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14454 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14456 3. Online IDL Help
14457 ---------------
14460 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14461 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14462 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14464 4. Completion
14465 ----------
14467 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14468 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14469 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14470 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14471 upper case.
14473 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14474 --------------------------------
14475 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14490 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14493 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14494 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14497 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14498 -------------------------
14499 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14500 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14502 7. Automatic END completion
14503 ------------------------
14504 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14505 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14507 8. Hooks
14508 -----
14509 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14510 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14512 9. Documentation and Customization
14513 -------------------------------
14514 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14516 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14517 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14518 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14520 10.Keybindings
14521 -----------
14522 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14524 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14530 ;;;***
14531 \f
14532 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14533 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14534 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14535 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14536 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14537 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14538 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14539 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20886
14540 ;;;;;; 939 575794 0))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14544 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14545 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14546 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14547 displaying...)
14548 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14549 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14550 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14558 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14559 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14560 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14561 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14562 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14563 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14564 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14565 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14570 Switch to another buffer.
14571 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14572 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14573 in another frame.
14575 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14576 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14577 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14578 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14581 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14582 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14589 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14590 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14591 in a separate window.
14605 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14606 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14607 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14612 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14613 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14614 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14619 Kill a buffer.
14620 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14621 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14626 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14627 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14628 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14633 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14634 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14635 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14640 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14645 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14646 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14647 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14648 visible in another frame.
14650 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14651 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14652 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14653 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14654 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14657 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14658 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14665 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14666 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14667 in a separate window.
14670 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14674 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14687 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14688 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14694 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14695 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14701 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14708 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14715 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14722 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14729 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14736 Write current buffer to a file.
14737 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14743 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14744 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14745 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14750 Call `dired' the ido way.
14751 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14752 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14757 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14758 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14759 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14760 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14761 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14766 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14767 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14768 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14773 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14774 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14775 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14780 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14781 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14782 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14783 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14784 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14785 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14786 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14787 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14788 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14789 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14790 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14791 with point positioned at the end.
14792 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14793 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14795 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14797 ;;;***
14798 \f
14799 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20903 10024 645978 0))
14800 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14803 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14804 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14808 ;;;***
14809 \f
14810 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818
14811 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14812 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14817 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14819 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14820 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14825 ;;;***
14826 \f
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14828 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14829 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14830 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14831 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14832 ;;;;;; (20903 10024 645978 0))
14833 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14836 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14837 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14838 be determined.
14843 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14844 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14845 be determined.
14850 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14851 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14852 be determined.
14857 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14858 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14859 be determined.
14864 Determine and return image type.
14865 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14866 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14867 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14868 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14869 use its file extension as image type.
14870 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14875 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14876 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14881 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14882 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14884 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14885 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14886 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14887 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14888 must be available.
14893 Create an image.
14894 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14895 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14896 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14897 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14898 use its file extension as image type.
14899 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14900 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14901 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14902 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14904 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14906 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14908 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14913 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14914 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14915 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14916 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14917 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14918 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14919 POS may be an integer or marker.
14920 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14921 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14922 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14923 means display it in the right marginal area.
14928 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14929 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14930 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14931 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14932 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14933 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14934 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14935 means display it in the right marginal area.
14936 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14937 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14938 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14939 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14940 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14945 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14946 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14947 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14948 STRING is a single space.
14949 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14950 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14951 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14952 means display it in the right marginal area.
14953 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14958 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14959 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14960 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14965 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14967 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14969 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14970 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14971 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14972 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14973 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14974 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14975 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14976 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14977 satisfied.
14979 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14981 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14986 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14988 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14989 documentation string.
14991 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14992 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14993 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14994 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14995 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14996 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14997 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14998 define SYMBOL.
15000 Example:
15010 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15011 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15012 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15014 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15015 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15016 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15017 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15019 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15023 ;;;***
15024 \f
15025 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15026 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15027 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15028 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15029 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15030 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15031 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15032 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20768 48184 78670 0))
15033 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15036 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15037 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15038 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15039 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15040 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15045 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15047 Convenience command that:
15049 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15050 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15051 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15053 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15054 image files in dired and type
15057 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15059 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15060 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15065 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15066 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15067 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15068 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15069 another one).
15071 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15072 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15073 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15075 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15076 instead of erasing it first.
15078 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15079 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15080 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15081 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15082 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15083 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15088 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15089 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15090 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15091 displayed.
15100 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15105 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15106 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15111 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15116 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15117 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15118 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15123 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15128 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15133 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15138 Display current image file.
15139 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15140 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15145 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15150 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15151 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15152 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15153 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15154 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15155 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15160 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15161 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15162 easy-to-use form.
15166 ;;;***
15167 \f
15168 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15169 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15170 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15171 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15173 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15174 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15175 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15176 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15178 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15179 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15180 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15186 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15187 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15188 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15190 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15191 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15192 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15198 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15203 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15204 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15205 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15210 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15211 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15213 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15219 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15220 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15221 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15222 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15224 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15225 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15226 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15230 ;;;***
15231 \f
15232 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15233 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20899 12965 791908
15234 ;;;;;; 0))
15235 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15238 Major mode for image files.
15240 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15245 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15251 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15252 actual image.
15257 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15258 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15259 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15261 to display an image file as the actual image.
15263 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15264 to display an image file as text initially.
15266 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15267 on these modes.
15276 ;;;***
15277 \f
15278 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15279 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593
15280 ;;;;;; 0))
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15284 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15286 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15288 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15289 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15290 in the buffer.
15292 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15294 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15295 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15301 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15302 Each element of this list should have the form
15304 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15306 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15307 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15308 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15309 matches are put).
15310 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15311 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15312 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15313 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15314 another element.
15315 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15316 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15317 the menu item.
15318 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15319 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15320 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15321 the ARGUMENTS.
15323 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15324 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15325 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15327 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15328 create a buffer index.
15330 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15331 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15339 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15341 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15342 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15343 called within a `save-excursion'.
15350 Function for finding the next index position.
15352 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15353 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15354 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15355 file.
15357 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15363 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15365 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15366 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15372 Function to compare string with index item.
15374 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15375 non-nil if they match.
15377 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15378 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15385 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15396 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15397 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15398 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15405 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15410 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15411 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15412 for more information.
15416 ;;;***
15417 \f
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15419 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15420 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095 436233 0))
15421 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15424 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15444 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15448 ;;;***
15449 \f
15450 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15451 ;;;;;; (20774 53405 644725 888000))
15452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15455 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15456 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15457 to that buffer.
15458 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15459 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15460 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15467 ;;;***
15468 \f
15469 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15470 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15471 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15472 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15473 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20900 33838 319219
15474 ;;;;;; 0))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15477 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15478 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15479 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15480 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15481 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15482 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15483 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15484 first in this list.
15486 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15487 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15488 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15489 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15490 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15492 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15493 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15494 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15497 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15503 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15504 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15505 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15506 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15508 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15509 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15510 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15511 with the top-level Info directory.
15513 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15514 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15516 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15519 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15520 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15521 in all the directories in that path.
15523 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15528 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15538 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15539 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15545 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15546 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15547 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15552 Go to the Info directory node.
15557 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15558 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15559 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15561 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15566 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15567 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15572 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15573 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15574 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15575 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15580 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15582 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15583 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15588 Selecting other nodes:
15590 Follow a node reference you click on.
15591 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15593 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15598 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15608 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15612 Moving within a node:
15614 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15615 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15616 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15617 move up to the parent node.
15619 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15620 if there is none.
15623 Advanced commands:
15625 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15626 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15627 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15629 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15633 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15634 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15635 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15639 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15645 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15646 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15647 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15648 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15649 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15655 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15656 KEY is a string.
15657 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15658 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15659 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15660 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15665 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15666 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15671 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15672 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15677 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15678 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15679 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15683 ;;;***
15684 \f
15685 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15686 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15687 ;;;;;; (20854 24486 190633 0))
15688 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15691 Throw away all cached data.
15692 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15693 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15694 system.
15700 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15701 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15702 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15703 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15704 one found at point.
15706 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15712 Display the documentation of a file.
15713 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15714 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15715 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15716 The default file name is the one found at point.
15718 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15723 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15728 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15732 ;;;***
15733 \f
15734 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15735 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15736 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15737 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15740 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15741 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15742 current info file is the default.
15744 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15745 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15746 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15747 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15748 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15750 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15751 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15752 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15753 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15754 mistake in the reference.
15756 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15757 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15758 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15761 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15762 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15763 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15768 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15769 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15770 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15771 checked.
15775 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15776 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15777 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15778 should be harmless.
15783 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15784 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15785 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15787 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15788 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15789 and can take a long time.
15794 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15795 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15797 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15799 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15800 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15802 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15804 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15805 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15806 all builtins).
15808 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15809 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15810 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15811 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15812 the sources handy.
15816 ;;;***
15817 \f
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15819 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067 0))
15820 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15823 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15833 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15834 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15835 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15837 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15838 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15839 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15841 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15842 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15843 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15844 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15849 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15850 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15855 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15856 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15857 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15862 ;;;***
15863 \f
15864 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15865 ;;;;;; (20745 310 425822 0))
15866 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15869 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15870 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15874 ;;;***
15875 \f
15876 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15877 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15878 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15879 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15882 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15887 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15896 ;;;***
15897 \f
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709
15899 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15903 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15904 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15905 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15906 accessed via isearchb.
15910 ;;;***
15911 \f
15912 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15913 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15914 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15915 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15919 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15920 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15921 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15922 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15927 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15928 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15929 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15930 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15935 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15936 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15937 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15938 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15943 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15944 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15945 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15951 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15952 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15953 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15954 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15959 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15960 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15961 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15962 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15967 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15968 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15969 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15970 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15982 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15984 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15989 Warn that format is read-only.
15994 Warn that format is write-only.
15999 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16003 ;;;***
16004 \f
16005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16006 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
16007 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16011 ;;;***
16012 \f
16013 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16014 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer-with-debug
16015 ;;;;;; ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary
16016 ;;;;;; ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word
16017 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16018 ;;;;;; (20847 51240 240216 0))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16024 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16037 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16038 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16043 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16045 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16047 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16049 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16050 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16051 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16052 Valid forms include:
16053 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16054 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16055 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16058 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16059 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16060 First list is used raw.
16063 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16066 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16067 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16068 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16069 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16075 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16076 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16077 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16079 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16080 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16081 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16082 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16083 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16085 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16086 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16088 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16089 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16091 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16092 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16097 Return values:
16098 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16099 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16102 quit spell session exited.
16107 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16108 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16113 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16115 Selections are:
16117 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16118 SPC: Accept word this time.
16119 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16120 `a': Accept word for this session.
16121 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16122 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16123 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16124 `?': Show these commands.
16125 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16126 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16127 the aborted check to be completed later.
16128 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16129 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16130 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16131 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16132 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16133 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16134 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16139 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16140 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16141 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16146 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16150 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16155 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16156 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16157 amount for last line processed.
16162 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16167 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16172 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16173 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16178 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16183 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16184 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16185 sequence inside of a word.
16187 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16192 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16197 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16198 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16199 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16201 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16202 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16203 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16204 available on the net.
16209 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16211 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16214 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16215 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16216 spelled.
16218 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16220 SPC.
16223 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16228 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16229 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16230 Don't check included messages.
16232 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16233 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16234 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16236 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16237 in your init file:
16238 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16239 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16240 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16241 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16243 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16244 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16249 ;;;***
16250 \f
16251 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20824
16252 ;;;;;; 3367 300658 0))
16253 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16256 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16257 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16258 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16259 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16265 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16266 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16267 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16268 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16270 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16271 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16275 ;;;***
16276 \f
16277 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16278 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16279 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16280 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709 26818 907104
16281 ;;;;;; 0))
16282 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16290 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16291 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16292 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16293 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16294 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16295 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16296 necessary to represent OBJ.
16301 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16302 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16303 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16308 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16309 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16310 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16311 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16316 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16317 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16318 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16323 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16324 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16325 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16330 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16335 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16336 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16337 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16338 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16343 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16344 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16345 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16346 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16351 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16352 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16356 ;;;***
16357 \f
16358 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16359 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20759 33211 414988 0))
16360 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16363 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16364 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16373 Uninstall jka-compr.
16374 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16375 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16376 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16380 ;;;***
16381 \f
16382 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20895 15912 444844
16383 ;;;;;; 0))
16384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16387 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16392 ;;;***
16393 \f
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16395 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16396 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16400 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16401 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16407 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16408 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16414 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16415 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16421 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16422 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16428 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16429 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16430 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16431 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16432 keys are bound.
16434 Setup Binding
16435 -------------------------------------------------------------
16436 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16437 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16438 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16439 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16440 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16441 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16442 in the global and local keymaps.
16444 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16445 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16449 ;;;***
16450 \f
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16452 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16456 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16457 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16459 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16460 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16461 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16462 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16463 shorter.
16465 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16466 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16467 the context of text formatting.
16471 ;;;***
16472 \f
16473 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20799
16474 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
16475 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16478 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16479 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16480 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16481 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16485 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16486 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16487 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16488 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16489 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16490 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16494 ;;;***
16495 \f
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16497 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16498 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16499 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20830 42150 757296 0))
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16505 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16506 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16507 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16509 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16510 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16512 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16514 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16515 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16516 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16520 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16523 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16524 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16526 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16527 defining the macro.
16530 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16538 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16539 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16543 under that name.
16545 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16546 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16547 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16551 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16553 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16554 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16556 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16557 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16558 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16559 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16561 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16564 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16566 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16567 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16568 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16570 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16571 macro.
16574 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16576 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16578 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16585 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16586 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16587 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16590 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16592 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16593 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16594 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16595 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16597 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16600 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16602 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16603 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16604 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16606 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16608 ;;;***
16609 \f
16610 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16611 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16612 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16614 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16615 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16618 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16621 \(fn)" nil nil)
16623 ;;;***
16624 \f
16625 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16626 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16629 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16631 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16632 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16634 \(fn)" t nil)
16636 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16637 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16638 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16639 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16641 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16642 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16643 none / 1 | yes | no
16644 2 | yes | yes
16645 3 | no | yes
16646 4 | no | no
16649 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16652 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16654 ;;;***
16655 \f
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16657 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16658 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095 436233 0))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16661 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16664 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16666 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16667 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16668 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16669 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16670 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16671 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16673 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16674 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16676 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16678 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16679 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16681 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16683 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16686 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16688 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16691 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16693 ;;;***
16694 \f
16695 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16696 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16697 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799 169 640767
16698 ;;;;;; 0))
16699 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16701 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16704 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16706 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16708 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16709 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16710 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16712 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16714 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16715 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16716 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16718 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16720 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16723 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16725 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16727 ;;;***
16728 \f
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16730 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20826 45095
16731 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
16732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16734 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16735 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16736 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16737 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16738 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16739 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16740 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16741 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16743 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16744 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16749 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16751 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16752 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16753 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16754 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16755 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16756 `latin1-display-setup'.
16758 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16760 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16761 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16762 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16763 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16768 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16770 ;;;***
16771 \f
16772 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16773 ;;;;;; (20874 62962 290468 0))
16774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16776 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16777 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16779 \(fn)" t nil)
16781 ;;;***
16782 \f
16783 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20709 26818 907104
16784 ;;;;;; 0))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16787 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16788 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16789 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16790 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16791 generations (this defaults to 1).
16793 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16795 ;;;***
16796 \f
16797 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16798 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16799 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16801 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16802 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16804 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16805 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16807 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16811 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16812 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16813 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16816 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16818 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16820 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16821 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16822 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16823 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16824 ARG is omitted or nil.
16826 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16827 `linum-on' would do it.
16828 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16832 ;;;***
16833 \f
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709
16835 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16838 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16839 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16840 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16841 is nil, raise an error.
16843 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16844 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16845 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16846 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16847 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16848 defined by the library.
16850 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16851 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16852 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16853 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16854 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16855 proceeds.
16857 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16858 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16859 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16860 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16862 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16864 ;;;***
16865 \f
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16867 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16870 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16871 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16874 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16876 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16877 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16878 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16879 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16881 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16882 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16883 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16884 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16885 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16886 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16887 the version.)
16889 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16890 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16892 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16893 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16895 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16896 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16898 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16900 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16901 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16902 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16903 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16904 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16905 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16906 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16907 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16908 to constrain a big search.
16910 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16912 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16913 except that FILTER is not optional.
16915 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16917 ;;;***
16918 \f
16919 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977
16920 ;;;;;; 14204 0))
16921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16923 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16924 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16925 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16927 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16928 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16929 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16932 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16934 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16935 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16936 associated values:
16937 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16938 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16939 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16940 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16941 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16943 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16944 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16945 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16947 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16949 ;;;***
16950 \f
16951 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20860
16952 ;;;;;; 63270 684173 0))
16953 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16955 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16956 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16958 \(fn)" t nil)
16960 ;;;***
16961 \f
16962 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16963 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20878
16964 ;;;;;; 6823 881439 0))
16965 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16967 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16968 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16970 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16973 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16974 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16975 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16977 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16978 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16980 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16985 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16988 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16990 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16991 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16992 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16993 switch on this list.
16994 See `lpr-command'.")
16996 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16998 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16999 Name of program for printing a file.
17001 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17002 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17003 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17004 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17005 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17006 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17007 argument.")
17009 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17011 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17012 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17013 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17014 for customization of the printer command.
17016 \(fn)" t nil)
17018 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17019 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17021 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17022 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17023 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17024 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17026 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17027 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17029 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17030 for further customization of the printer command.
17032 \(fn)" t nil)
17034 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17035 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17036 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17037 for customization of the printer command.
17039 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17041 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17042 Paginate and print the region contents.
17044 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17045 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17046 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17047 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17049 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17050 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17053 for further customization of the printer command.
17055 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17057 ;;;***
17058 \f
17059 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17060 ;;;;;; (20870 12718 549931 0))
17061 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17063 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17064 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17065 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17067 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17069 ;;;***
17070 \f
17071 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709
17072 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17073 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17075 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17076 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17077 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17078 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17082 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17084 ;;;***
17085 \f
17086 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874
17087 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
17088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17090 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17091 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17093 \(fn)" t nil)
17095 ;;;***
17096 \f
17097 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17098 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104
17099 ;;;;;; 0))
17100 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17102 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17103 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17104 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17105 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17108 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17110 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17111 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17112 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17113 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17115 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17116 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17117 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17118 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17119 bindings.
17121 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17122 use this command, and then save the file.
17124 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17126 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17127 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17128 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17129 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17130 each time the macro executes.
17131 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17139 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17141 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17142 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17143 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17144 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17146 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17147 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17148 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17149 execute.
17151 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17152 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17154 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17155 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17156 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17157 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17160 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17161 looked like this:
17167 You could enter the names in this format:
17169 foo
17170 bar
17171 baz
17173 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17179 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17182 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17183 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17185 ;;;***
17186 \f
17187 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17188 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17191 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17192 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17193 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17194 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17195 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17196 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17198 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17199 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17200 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17201 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17202 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17204 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17205 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17206 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17207 consing a string.)
17209 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17211 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17212 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17214 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17216 ;;;***
17217 \f
17218 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17219 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17220 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17221 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17223 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17224 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17226 \(fn)" nil nil)
17228 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17231 \(fn)" nil nil)
17233 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17234 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17236 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17238 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17239 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17240 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17241 message.
17243 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17245 \(fn)" nil nil)
17247 ;;;***
17248 \f
17249 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17250 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17251 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17252 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
17253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17255 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17256 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17257 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17258 often correct parser.")
17260 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17262 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17263 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17264 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17265 a value which excludes your own email address.
17267 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17268 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17270 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17272 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17273 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17275 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17277 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17279 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17280 we return it unconverted.
17282 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17283 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17285 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17287 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17289 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17290 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17292 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17294 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17296 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17297 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17299 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17301 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17303 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17304 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17305 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17306 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17307 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17308 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17309 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17310 as Rmail does.
17312 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17314 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17315 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17316 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17317 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17318 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17319 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17320 matches may be returned from the message body.
17322 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17324 ;;;***
17325 \f
17326 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17327 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847
17328 ;;;;;; 51240 240216 0))
17329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17331 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17332 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17333 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17335 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17336 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17338 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17340 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17341 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17342 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17343 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17344 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17346 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17347 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17348 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17349 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17353 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17354 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17356 \(fn)" nil nil)
17358 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17359 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17360 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17362 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17364 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17365 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17366 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17368 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17369 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17370 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17371 double-quotes.
17373 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17375 ;;;***
17376 \f
17377 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17378 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17379 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17380 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17382 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17384 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17385 king@grassland.com
17386 If `parens', they look like:
17387 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17388 If `angles', they look like:
17389 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17391 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17393 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17394 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17395 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17396 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17397 their `Resent-' variants.
17399 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17400 removed from alias expansions.
17402 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17404 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17405 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17406 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17408 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17409 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17410 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17411 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17413 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17415 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17416 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17417 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17419 \(fn)" nil nil)
17421 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17422 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17423 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17424 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17428 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17430 ;;;***
17431 \f
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17433 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17436 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17437 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17438 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17439 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17441 \(fn)" nil nil)
17443 ;;;***
17444 \f
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17446 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17447 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20874 65006 672942
17448 ;;;;;; 217000))
17449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17451 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17452 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17454 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17455 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17456 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17457 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17458 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17459 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17461 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17462 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17463 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17464 dependency, despite the colon.
17468 In the browser, use the following keys:
17472 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17474 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17475 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17477 `makefile-target-colon':
17478 The string that gets appended to all target names
17479 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17482 `makefile-macro-assign':
17483 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17484 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17486 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17487 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17490 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17491 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17492 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17494 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17495 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17497 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17498 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17499 up or down in the browser.
17501 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17502 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17504 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17505 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17507 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17508 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17509 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17510 has been selected in the browser.
17512 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17513 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17514 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17515 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17516 filenames are omitted.
17518 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17519 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17520 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17521 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17522 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17523 the backslash itself intact.
17524 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17527 `makefile-browser-hook':
17528 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17529 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17531 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17532 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17533 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17534 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17536 \(fn)" t nil)
17538 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17539 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17541 \(fn)" t nil)
17543 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17544 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17546 \(fn)" t nil)
17548 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17549 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17551 \(fn)" t nil)
17553 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17554 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17556 \(fn)" t nil)
17558 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17559 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17561 \(fn)" t nil)
17563 ;;;***
17564 \f
17565 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709
17566 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17567 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17569 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17570 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17571 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17573 \(fn)" t nil)
17575 ;;;***
17576 \f
17577 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17578 ;;;;;; (20888 42662 256824 0))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17581 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17583 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17584 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17585 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17586 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17587 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17588 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17589 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17590 page, it will display immediately.
17592 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17596 cat(1)
17597 1 cat
17599 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17601 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17602 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17604 -a chmod
17606 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17607 otherwise look like a page name.
17609 /my/file/name.1.gz
17610 -l somefile.1
17613 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17616 -k pattern
17618 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17620 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17621 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17623 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17625 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17626 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17628 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17630 ;;;***
17631 \f
17632 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20884 7264
17633 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
17634 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17636 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17637 Toggle Master mode.
17638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17639 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17640 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17642 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17643 using the following commands:
17647 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17648 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17649 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17653 ;;;***
17654 \f
17655 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17656 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17659 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17660 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17661 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17664 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17666 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17668 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17669 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17671 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17672 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17674 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17675 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17676 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17677 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17681 ;;;***
17682 \f
17683 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17684 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17685 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17686 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17687 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17688 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17689 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20889 63525 775294 0))
17690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17692 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17694 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17695 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17697 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17698 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17699 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17700 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17701 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17702 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17703 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17704 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17706 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17707 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17708 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17709 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17711 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17712 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17713 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17714 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17715 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17716 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17717 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17718 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17719 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17720 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17721 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17722 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17723 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17724 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17725 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17726 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17727 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17728 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17729 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17730 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17731 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17733 \(fn)" t nil)
17735 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17736 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17737 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17738 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17739 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17741 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17743 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17744 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17746 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17749 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17751 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17753 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17756 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17758 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17759 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17760 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17762 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17764 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17765 Cancel an article you posted.
17766 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17771 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17772 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17773 header line with the old Message-ID.
17775 \(fn)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17778 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17780 \(fn)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17783 Forward the current message via mail.
17784 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17785 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17787 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17789 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17792 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17794 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17797 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17799 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17800 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17802 \(fn)" t nil)
17804 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17805 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17807 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17809 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17810 Re-mail the current message.
17811 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17812 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17813 you.
17815 \(fn)" t nil)
17817 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17818 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17820 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17822 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17823 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17825 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17827 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17828 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17830 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17832 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17833 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17835 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17837 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17838 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17839 Works by overstriking characters.
17840 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17841 which specify the range to operate on.
17843 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17845 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17846 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17847 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17848 which specify the range to operate on.
17850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17852 ;;;***
17853 \f
17854 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17855 ;;;;;; (20874 62962 290468 0))
17856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17858 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17859 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17861 \(fn)" t nil)
17863 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17864 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17866 \(fn)" t nil)
17868 ;;;***
17869 \f
17870 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17871 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17872 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17873 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17875 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17876 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17877 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17879 \(fn)" t nil)
17881 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17882 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17883 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17884 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17885 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17886 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17887 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17889 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17891 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17892 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17893 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17894 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17895 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17896 means current).
17897 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17898 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17900 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17902 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17903 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17904 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17905 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17906 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17907 means current).
17908 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17909 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17911 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17913 ;;;***
17914 \f
17915 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17916 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17917 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088 852000))
17918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17920 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17921 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17922 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17924 \(fn)" t nil)
17926 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17927 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17928 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17930 \(fn)" t nil)
17932 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17933 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17935 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17936 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17939 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17940 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17942 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17943 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17945 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17947 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17949 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17950 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17951 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17952 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17953 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17954 as `compose-mail'.
17956 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17957 initial Subject field, respectively.
17959 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17960 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17961 are strings.
17963 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17964 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17966 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17968 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17969 Save draft and send message.
17971 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17972 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17976 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17977 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17978 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17980 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17981 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17982 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17983 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17984 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17985 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17988 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17990 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17991 message and scan line.
17993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17995 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17996 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17998 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17999 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18001 delete the draft message.
18003 \(fn)" t nil)
18005 ;;;***
18006 \f
18007 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20874 65006
18008 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
18009 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18011 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18013 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18015 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18017 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18018 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18020 \(fn)" t nil)
18022 ;;;***
18023 \f
18024 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18025 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616 976036 0))
18026 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18028 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18029 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18030 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18032 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18033 the MH mail system.
18035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18037 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18038 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18039 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18041 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18042 the MH mail system.
18044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18046 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18049 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18050 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18051 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18052 separate command.
18054 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18056 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18057 format.
18059 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18061 Ranges
18062 ======
18063 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18064 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18065 can be used in several ways.
18068 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18069 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18070 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18071 page):
18073 <num1>-<num2>
18074 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18075 The range must be nonempty.
18077 <num>:N
18078 <num>:+N
18079 <num>:-N
18080 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18081 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18082 last.
18084 first:N
18085 prev:N
18086 next:N
18087 last:N
18088 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18090 all
18091 All of the messages.
18093 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18094 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18096 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18097 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18098 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18102 \(fn)" t nil)
18104 ;;;***
18105 \f
18106 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18107 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18110 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18111 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18112 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18113 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18114 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18115 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18116 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18117 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18118 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18119 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18122 \(fn)" t nil)
18124 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18125 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18126 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18127 to its second argument TM.
18129 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18131 ;;;***
18132 \f
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18134 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
18135 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18137 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18138 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18139 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18142 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18144 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18146 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18147 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18149 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18150 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18152 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18153 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18154 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18155 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18156 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18157 is modified to remove the default indication.
18159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18161 ;;;***
18162 \f
18163 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18164 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18167 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18168 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18169 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18170 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18171 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18172 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18173 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18174 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18175 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18177 \(fn)" t nil)
18179 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18180 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18181 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18182 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18183 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18184 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18186 The return value is always nil.
18188 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18190 ;;;***
18191 \f
18192 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18193 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18194 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18196 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18198 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18199 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18201 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18202 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18203 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18204 next occurrence.
18206 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18207 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18208 end of the search space).
18210 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18211 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18212 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18213 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18214 should return the previous buffer to search.
18216 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18217 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18218 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18220 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18221 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18222 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18223 Isearch starts.")
18225 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18226 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18227 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18229 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18230 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18231 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18233 \(fn)" nil nil)
18235 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18236 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18237 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18238 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18239 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18240 whose names match the specified regexp.
18242 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18244 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18245 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18246 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18247 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18248 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18249 whose names match the specified regexp.
18251 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18253 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18254 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18255 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18256 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18257 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18258 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18259 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18261 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18263 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18264 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18265 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18266 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18267 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18268 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18269 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18271 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18273 ;;;***
18274 \f
18275 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18276 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18279 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18280 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18282 \(fn)" t nil)
18284 ;;;***
18285 \f
18286 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18287 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18290 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18291 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18293 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18298 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18301 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18302 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18304 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18306 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18307 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18308 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18309 the entire message.
18310 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18312 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18314 ;;;***
18315 \f
18316 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18317 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18320 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18321 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18322 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18323 the entire message.
18324 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18326 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18328 ;;;***
18329 \f
18330 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18331 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18334 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18335 Insert file contents of URL.
18336 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18340 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18341 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18345 ;;;***
18346 \f
18347 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18348 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18351 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18352 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18353 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18354 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18355 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18357 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18359 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18360 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18361 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18363 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18365 ;;;***
18366 \f
18367 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18368 ;;;;;; (20829 21286 719109 0))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18371 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18372 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18374 \(fn)" nil nil)
18376 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18377 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18378 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18382 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18384 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18385 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18389 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18391 ;;;***
18392 \f
18393 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18394 ;;;;;; (20875 30633 412173 0))
18395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18397 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18400 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18402 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18405 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18407 ;;;***
18408 \f
18409 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18410 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18411 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18414 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18417 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18419 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18422 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18424 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18427 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18429 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18434 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18437 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18439 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18442 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18444 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18447 \(fn)" nil nil)
18449 ;;;***
18450 \f
18451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18452 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18455 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18457 ;;;***
18458 \f
18459 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18460 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18463 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18465 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18466 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18467 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18468 followed by the first character of the construct.
18485 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18486 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18487 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18489 \(fn)" t nil)
18491 ;;;***
18492 \f
18493 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18494 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18497 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18498 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18500 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18502 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18503 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18507 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18508 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18510 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18512 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18513 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18515 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18517 ;;;***
18518 \f
18519 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18520 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18521 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18523 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18527 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18528 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18530 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18531 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18532 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18535 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18537 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18538 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18539 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18540 hemisphere you're in.)
18542 To test this function, evaluate:
18543 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18545 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18547 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18550 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18553 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18554 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18555 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18558 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18560 To test this function, evaluate:
18561 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18563 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18565 ;;;***
18566 \f
18567 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20838 36262 626321 0))
18568 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18570 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18571 Main entry point for MPC.
18573 \(fn)" t nil)
18575 ;;;***
18576 \f
18577 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20709 26818 907104
18578 ;;;;;; 0))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18581 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18582 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18584 \(fn)" t nil)
18586 ;;;***
18587 \f
18588 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18591 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18592 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18593 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18596 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18598 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18600 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18601 Toggle Msb mode.
18602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18603 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18604 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18606 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18607 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18611 ;;;***
18612 \f
18613 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18614 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18615 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18616 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18617 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18618 ;;;;;; (20891 18859 893295 0))
18619 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18621 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18622 Display a list of all character sets.
18624 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18625 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18626 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18627 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18628 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18630 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18631 but still shows the full information.
18633 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18635 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18636 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18637 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18639 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18640 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18641 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18642 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18643 meanings of these arguments.
18645 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18647 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18648 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18650 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18652 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18653 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18655 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18657 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18658 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18660 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18662 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18666 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18667 in place of `..':
18668 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18669 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18670 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18671 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18672 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18673 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18674 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18675 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18676 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18677 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18678 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18679 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18680 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18681 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18682 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18683 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18685 \(fn)" t nil)
18687 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18690 \(fn)" t nil)
18692 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display a list of all coding systems.
18694 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18696 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18697 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18701 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18702 Display a list of all coding categories.
18704 \(fn)" nil nil)
18706 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18707 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18708 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18710 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18712 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18713 Display information about FONTSET.
18714 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18716 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18718 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18719 Display a list of all fontsets.
18720 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18721 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18722 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18726 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18727 Display information about all input methods.
18729 \(fn)" t nil)
18731 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18732 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18734 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18735 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18736 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18737 system which uses fontsets).
18739 \(fn)" t nil)
18741 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18742 Show log of font listing and opening.
18743 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18744 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18746 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18748 ;;;***
18749 \f
18750 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18751 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18752 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18753 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18754 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18755 ;;;;;; (20826 45095 436233 0))
18756 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18758 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18759 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18761 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18762 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18764 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18765 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18767 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18769 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18770 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18771 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18772 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18773 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18774 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18775 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18777 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18778 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18779 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18780 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18781 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18782 middle of a character in STR.
18784 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18785 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18787 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18788 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18789 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18790 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18793 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18795 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18796 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18798 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18799 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18800 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18802 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18803 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18804 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18806 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18807 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18808 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18809 are considered.
18810 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18811 longer than KEYSEQ.
18812 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18814 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18816 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18817 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18818 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18819 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18820 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18821 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18822 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18823 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18824 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18825 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18826 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18828 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18830 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18831 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18833 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18835 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18836 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18838 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18840 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18841 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18843 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18845 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18846 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18848 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18850 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18851 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18852 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18853 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18854 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18856 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18857 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18859 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18860 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18861 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18862 coding systems ordered by priority.
18864 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18866 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18868 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18869 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18870 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18871 language environment LANG-ENV.
18873 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18875 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18876 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18877 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18878 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18879 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18880 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18882 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18884 ;;;***
18885 \f
18886 ;;;### (autoloads (advice-member-p advice-remove advice-add remove-function
18887 ;;;;;; advice--add-function add-function advice--buffer-local advice--remove-function)
18888 ;;;;;; "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20872 54440 171355 0))
18889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18891 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18894 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18896 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18897 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18899 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18901 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18902 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18903 FUNCTION describes the code to add. WHERE describes where to add it.
18904 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18905 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18906 call OLDFUN here:
18907 `:before' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18908 `:after' (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18909 `:around' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18910 `:override' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r))
18911 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18912 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18913 `:after-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18914 `:after-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18915 `:filter-args' (lambda (&rest r) (apply OLDFUN (funcall FUNCTION r)))
18916 `:filter-return'(lambda (&rest r) (funcall FUNCTION (apply OLDFUN r)))
18917 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18918 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18919 a special meaning:
18920 - `name': a string or symbol. It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18922 If PLACE is a simple variable, only its global value will be affected.
18923 Use (local 'VAR) if you want to apply FUNCTION to VAR buffer-locally.
18925 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18926 is also interactive. There are 3 cases:
18927 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18928 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18929 argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18930 `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18931 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18933 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18935 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18938 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18940 (autoload 'remove-function "nadvice" "\
18941 Remove the FUNCTION piece of advice from PLACE.
18942 If FUNCTION was not added to PLACE, do nothing.
18943 Instead of FUNCTION being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18944 of the piece of advice.
18946 \(fn PLACE FUNCTION)" nil t)
18948 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18949 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18950 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18951 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18953 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18955 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18956 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18957 Contrary to `remove-function', this will work also when SYMBOL is a macro
18958 and it will not signal an error if SYMBOL is not `fboundp'.
18959 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18960 of the piece of advice.
18962 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18964 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18965 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18966 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18967 of the piece of advice.
18969 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
18971 ;;;***
18972 \f
18973 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18974 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18975 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18976 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903
18977 ;;;;;; 10024 645978 0))
18978 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18980 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18981 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18983 \(fn)" t nil)
18985 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18986 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18988 \(fn)" t nil)
18990 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18991 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18993 \(fn)" t nil)
18995 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18996 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18998 \(fn)" t nil)
19000 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19001 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19003 \(fn)" t nil)
19005 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19006 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19008 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19010 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19011 Ping HOST.
19012 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19013 `ping-program-options'.
19015 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19017 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19018 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19020 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19022 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19023 Run nslookup program.
19025 \(fn)" t nil)
19027 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19028 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19030 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19032 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19033 Run dig program.
19035 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19037 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19038 Run ftp program.
19040 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19042 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19043 Finger USER on HOST.
19045 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19047 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19048 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19049 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19050 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19052 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19054 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19057 \(fn)" t nil)
19059 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19060 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19062 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19064 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19065 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19067 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19069 ;;;***
19070 \f
19071 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709
19072 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19075 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19076 Return a user name/password pair.
19077 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19078 listed in the PORTS list.
19080 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19082 ;;;***
19083 \f
19084 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19085 ;;;;;; (20770 3512 176098 0))
19086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19088 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19089 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19090 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19091 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19092 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19093 closes it.
19095 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19096 make it unique.
19097 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19098 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19099 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19100 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19101 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19102 a port number to connect to.
19104 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19105 values:
19107 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19108 nil or `network'
19109 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19110 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19111 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19112 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19113 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19114 an unencrypted connection.
19115 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19116 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19117 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19118 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19119 returned object is a killed process.
19120 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19121 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19122 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19124 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19125 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19126 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19127 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19128 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19129 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19130 or nil if none could be found.
19131 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19132 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19134 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19136 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19137 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19138 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19140 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19141 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19144 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19145 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19148 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19149 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19150 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19151 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19153 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19154 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19156 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19157 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19158 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19159 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19160 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19161 or STARTTLS connections.
19163 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19164 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19166 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19167 asynchronously, if possible.
19169 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19171 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19173 ;;;***
19174 \f
19175 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19176 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19177 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19179 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19180 Check whether newsticker is running.
19181 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19182 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19184 \(fn)" nil nil)
19186 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19187 Start the newsticker.
19188 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19189 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19190 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19191 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19193 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19195 ;;;***
19196 \f
19197 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19198 ;;;;;; (20762 9398 526093 0))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19201 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19202 Start newsticker plainview.
19204 \(fn)" t nil)
19206 ;;;***
19207 \f
19208 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19209 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19212 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19213 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19215 \(fn)" t nil)
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19220 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709 26818 907104
19221 ;;;;;; 0))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19224 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19225 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19226 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19227 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19228 empty.
19230 \(fn)" nil nil)
19232 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19233 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19234 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19235 running already.
19237 \(fn)" t nil)
19239 ;;;***
19240 \f
19241 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19242 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19245 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19246 Start newsticker treeview.
19248 \(fn)" t nil)
19250 ;;;***
19251 \f
19252 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19253 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19256 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19257 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19259 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19261 ;;;***
19262 \f
19263 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709
19264 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19267 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19268 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19269 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19270 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19271 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19272 symbol in the alist.
19274 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19276 ;;;***
19277 \f
19278 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19279 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19282 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19283 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19284 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19286 \(fn)" t nil)
19288 ;;;***
19289 \f
19290 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19291 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19294 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19295 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19297 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19299 ;;;***
19300 \f
19301 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19302 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19303 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19305 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19307 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19308 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19309 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19311 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19314 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19316 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19317 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19318 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19319 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19320 to future sessions.
19322 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19324 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19325 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19326 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19327 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19328 future sessions.
19330 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19332 ;;;***
19333 \f
19334 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19335 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19338 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19339 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19341 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19342 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19343 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19345 \(fn)" t nil)
19347 ;;;***
19348 \f
19349 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19350 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19353 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19354 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19355 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19356 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19358 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19360 ;;;***
19361 \f
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20884
19363 ;;;;;; 6711 386198 0))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19366 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19367 Major mode for editing XML.
19370 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19371 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19373 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19374 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19375 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19380 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19382 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19383 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19384 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19385 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19386 instead of C-c.
19388 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19389 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19390 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19391 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19393 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19396 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19397 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19400 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19403 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19408 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19409 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19410 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19411 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19413 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19415 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19418 \(fn)" t nil)
19420 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19422 ;;;***
19423 \f
19424 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19425 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19428 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19429 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19430 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19431 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19433 \(fn)" t nil)
19435 ;;;***
19436 \f
19437 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave octave-mode) "octave" "progmodes/octave.el"
19438 ;;;;;; (20905 51752 865679 0))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19441 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19442 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19444 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19445 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19446 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19447 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19449 \(fn)" t nil)
19451 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19452 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19453 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19455 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19457 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19458 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19460 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19461 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19462 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19466 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19468 ;;;***
19469 \f
19470 ;;;### (autoloads (opascal-mode) "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el"
19471 ;;;;;; (20858 21542 723007 0))
19472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19474 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19476 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19484 Customization:
19486 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19487 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19488 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19489 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19490 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19491 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19492 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19493 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19494 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19495 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19496 Directories to search when finding external units.
19497 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19498 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19500 Coloring:
19502 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19503 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19505 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19506 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19508 \(fn)" t nil)
19510 ;;;***
19511 \f
19512 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19513 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19514 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19515 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19516 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19517 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19518 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19519 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19521 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19522 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19524 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19526 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19527 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19528 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19529 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19530 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19532 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19534 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19535 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19537 \(fn)" nil nil)
19539 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19540 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19542 \(fn)" nil nil)
19544 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19545 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19548 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19549 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19550 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19551 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19552 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19553 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19554 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19555 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19556 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19557 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19559 The following commands are available:
19563 \(fn)" t nil)
19565 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19566 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19568 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19569 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19570 in special contexts.
19572 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19573 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19574 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19575 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19576 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19577 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19578 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19579 properties in the buffer.
19580 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19581 including any drawers.
19583 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19585 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19586 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19587 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19588 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19589 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19590 and zoom in further.
19591 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19592 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19594 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19595 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19596 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19597 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19598 times right after creating a new headline.
19600 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19601 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19602 is negative, go up that many levels.
19604 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19605 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19606 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19608 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19609 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19610 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19611 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19615 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19616 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19618 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19622 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19623 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19624 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19625 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19626 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19627 defined by Org-mode).
19629 M-up Move entry/item up
19630 M-down Move entry/item down
19631 M-left Promote
19632 M-right Demote
19633 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19634 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19635 M-S-left Promote subtree
19636 M-S-right Demote subtree
19637 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19638 C-c ^ Sort entries
19639 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19640 TAB Cycle item visibility
19641 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19642 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19643 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19647 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19648 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19650 \(fn)" nil nil)
19652 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19653 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19655 \(fn)" nil nil)
19657 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19658 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19659 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19660 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19661 call CMD.
19663 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19665 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19667 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19670 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19671 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19672 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19676 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19677 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19678 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19680 \(fn)" t nil)
19682 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19683 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19684 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19685 Org-mode syntax.
19687 \(fn)" t nil)
19689 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19690 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19692 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19694 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19695 Switch between Org buffers.
19696 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19697 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19699 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19700 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19704 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19706 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19708 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19709 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19710 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19711 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19715 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19716 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19718 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19720 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19721 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19722 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19724 \(fn)" t nil)
19726 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19727 Reload all org lisp files.
19728 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19730 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19732 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19733 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19735 \(fn)" t nil)
19737 ;;;***
19738 \f
19739 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19740 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19741 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19742 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19743 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19744 ;;;;;; (20847 51240 240216 0))
19745 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19747 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19748 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19752 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19753 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19754 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19755 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19757 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19758 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19759 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19760 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19761 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19762 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19763 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19764 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19765 e Export views to associated files.
19766 s Search entries for keywords.
19767 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19768 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19769 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19770 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19771 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19772 > Remove a previous restriction.
19775 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19777 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19778 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19779 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19781 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19782 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19784 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19785 \(if active).
19787 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19789 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19790 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19791 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19792 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19793 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19794 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19795 before running the agenda command.
19797 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19799 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19800 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19801 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19802 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19803 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19804 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19805 before running the agenda command.
19807 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19808 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19810 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19812 category The category of the item
19813 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19814 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19815 todo selected in TODO match
19816 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19817 diary imported from diary
19818 deadline a deadline on given date
19819 scheduled scheduled on given date
19820 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19821 closed entry was closed on given date
19822 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19823 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19824 block entry has date block including g. date
19825 todo The todo keyword, if any
19826 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19827 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19828 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19829 extra Sting with extra planning info
19830 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19831 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19832 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19834 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19836 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19839 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19841 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19842 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19844 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19846 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19847 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19848 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19849 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19851 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19852 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19853 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19855 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19856 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19858 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19860 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19861 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19863 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19864 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19865 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19866 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19867 EDIT-AT.
19869 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19870 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19871 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19872 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19873 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19876 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19877 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19878 including newlines.
19880 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19881 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19882 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19883 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19884 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19885 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19886 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19888 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19890 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19891 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19893 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19894 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19895 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19896 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19897 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19898 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19899 Boolean search must match as full words.
19901 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19902 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19904 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19906 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19907 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19908 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19910 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19911 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19915 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19916 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19917 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19919 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19921 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19922 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19923 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19924 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19925 `org-stuck-projects'.
19927 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19929 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19930 Return diary information from org files.
19932 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19933 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19934 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19935 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19937 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19939 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19941 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19942 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19944 &%%(org-diary)
19946 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19947 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19948 So the example above may also be written as
19950 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19952 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19953 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19954 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19956 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19958 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19959 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19960 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19962 \(fn)" t nil)
19964 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19965 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19967 appointments.
19969 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19970 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19972 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19973 for filtering entries out.
19975 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19976 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19977 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19979 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19980 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19985 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19988 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19989 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19990 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19991 details and examples.
19993 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19994 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19996 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19998 ;;;***
19999 \f
20000 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
20001 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20002 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20004 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20005 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20006 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20007 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20008 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
20009 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20010 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20011 in org-export-latex-classes.
20013 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20016 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20020 ;;;***
20021 \f
20022 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20023 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723
20024 ;;;;;; 59703 12265 0))
20025 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20027 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20030 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20032 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20033 Capture something.
20035 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20036 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20037 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20039 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20042 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20043 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20044 stored.
20046 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20048 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20049 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20050 will be bypassed.
20052 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20053 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20055 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20057 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20058 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20060 \(fn)" t nil)
20062 ;;;***
20063 \f
20064 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20065 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20066 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
20067 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20069 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20070 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20071 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20073 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20075 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20076 Write the column view table.
20077 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20079 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20080 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20081 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20082 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20083 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20085 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20086 using `org-id-find'.
20087 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20088 a hline before each level <= that number.
20089 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20090 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20091 :skip-empty-rows
20092 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20093 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20095 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20097 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20098 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20100 \(fn)" t nil)
20102 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20103 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20105 \(fn)" t nil)
20107 ;;;***
20108 \f
20109 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20110 ;;;;;; (20723 59703 12265 0))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20113 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20114 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20116 \(fn)" nil t)
20118 ;;;***
20119 \f
20120 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20121 ;;;;;; (20783 15545 430927 0))
20122 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20124 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20125 The release version of org-mode.
20126 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20128 \(fn)" nil nil)
20130 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20131 The Git version of org-mode.
20132 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20134 \(fn)" nil nil)
20136 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20137 The location of ODT styles.")
20139 ;;;***
20140 \f
20141 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20142 ;;;;;; (20773 35190 350513 0))
20143 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20144 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20145 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20147 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20148 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20149 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20150 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20152 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20153 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20154 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20155 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20168 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20169 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20173 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20174 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20178 The subheadings remain visible.
20181 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20182 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20183 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20185 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20186 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20188 \(fn)" t nil)
20190 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20191 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20193 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20196 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20199 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20201 ;;;***
20202 \f
20203 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20204 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20205 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20206 ;;;;;; (20882 3877 904124 0))
20207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20209 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20210 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20211 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20212 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20216 activate the package system at any time.")
20218 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20220 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20221 Install the package named NAME.
20222 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20223 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20225 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20227 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20228 Install a package from the current buffer.
20229 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20230 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20231 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20233 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20234 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20235 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20237 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20239 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20240 Install a package from a file.
20241 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20243 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20245 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20246 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20247 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20248 makes them available for download.
20250 \(fn)" t nil)
20252 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20253 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20254 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20255 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20257 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20259 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20260 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20262 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20264 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20265 Display a list of packages.
20266 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20267 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20268 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20270 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20272 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20274 ;;;***
20275 \f
20276 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20903 56815
20277 ;;;;;; 695483 0))
20278 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20280 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20281 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20282 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20284 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20285 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20287 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20289 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20290 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20291 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20292 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20293 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20295 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20296 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20297 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20301 ;;;***
20302 \f
20303 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20304 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20305 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20306 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20308 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20309 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20310 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20311 unknown are returned as nil.
20313 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20315 ;;;***
20316 \f
20317 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870
20318 ;;;;;; 12718 549931 0))
20319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20321 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20323 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20325 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20328 Other useful functions are:
20340 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20342 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20343 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20344 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20345 Indentation for case statements.
20346 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20347 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20348 mark after an end.
20349 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20350 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20351 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20352 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20353 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20354 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20355 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20356 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20357 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20358 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20360 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20361 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20363 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20364 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20366 \(fn)" t nil)
20368 ;;;***
20369 \f
20370 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20371 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709 26818 907104
20372 ;;;;;; 0))
20373 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20375 (defvar password-cache t "\
20376 Whether to cache passwords.")
20378 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20380 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20381 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20382 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20384 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20386 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20387 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20389 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20391 ;;;***
20392 \f
20393 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20394 ;;;;;; (20717 20920 410005 0))
20395 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20397 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20398 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20399 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20401 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20402 _ matches anything.
20403 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20404 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20405 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20406 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20407 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20408 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20409 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20410 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20411 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20414 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20415 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20416 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20417 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20418 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20419 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20421 PRED can take the form
20422 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20423 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20424 which is the value being matched.
20425 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20426 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20427 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20428 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20429 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20431 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20433 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20435 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20436 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20437 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20438 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20440 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20442 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20444 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20445 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20446 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20447 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20449 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20451 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20453 ;;;***
20454 \f
20455 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709
20456 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20460 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20462 \(fn)" nil nil)
20464 ;;;***
20465 \f
20466 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20467 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20468 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20471 Completion for `gzip'.
20473 \(fn)" nil nil)
20475 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20476 Completion for `bzip2'.
20478 \(fn)" nil nil)
20480 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20481 Completion for GNU `make'.
20483 \(fn)" nil nil)
20485 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20486 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20488 \(fn)" nil nil)
20490 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20492 ;;;***
20493 \f
20494 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20495 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
20496 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20499 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20501 \(fn)" nil nil)
20503 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20504 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20506 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20509 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20511 \(fn)" nil nil)
20513 ;;;***
20514 \f
20515 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709
20516 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20517 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20520 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20522 \(fn)" nil nil)
20524 ;;;***
20525 \f
20526 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20527 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20528 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20529 ;;;;;; 0))
20530 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20533 Completion for `cd'.
20535 \(fn)" nil nil)
20537 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20539 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20540 Completion for `rmdir'.
20542 \(fn)" nil nil)
20544 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20545 Completion for `rm'.
20547 \(fn)" nil nil)
20549 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20550 Completion for `xargs'.
20552 \(fn)" nil nil)
20554 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20556 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20557 Completion for `which'.
20559 \(fn)" nil nil)
20561 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20562 Completion for the `chown' command.
20564 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20567 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20569 \(fn)" nil nil)
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20572 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20574 \(fn)" nil nil)
20576 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20577 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20578 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20580 \(fn)" nil nil)
20582 ;;;***
20583 \f
20584 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/ack pcomplete/tlmgr) "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el"
20585 ;;;;;; (20837 15398 184639 0))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20588 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20589 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20591 \(fn)" nil nil)
20593 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20594 Completion for the `ack' command.
20595 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20596 long options.
20598 \(fn)" nil nil)
20600 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20602 ;;;***
20603 \f
20604 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20605 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20606 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709
20607 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20611 Support extensible programmable completion.
20612 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20613 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20615 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20617 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20618 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20620 \(fn)" t nil)
20622 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20623 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20624 This will modify the current buffer.
20626 \(fn)" t nil)
20628 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20629 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20631 \(fn)" t nil)
20633 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20634 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20635 This will modify the current buffer.
20637 \(fn)" t nil)
20639 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20640 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20642 \(fn)" t nil)
20644 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20645 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20647 \(fn)" t nil)
20649 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20650 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20651 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20652 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20653 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20655 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20657 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20658 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20660 \(fn)" nil nil)
20662 ;;;***
20663 \f
20664 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20665 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20666 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20717 20920 410005 0))
20667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20669 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20670 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20671 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20672 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20674 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20676 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20678 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20679 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20680 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20682 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20683 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20684 FLAGS is ignored.
20686 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20688 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20689 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20690 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20691 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20692 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20694 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20695 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20697 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20699 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20700 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20701 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20704 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20705 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20706 passed to cvs.
20708 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20710 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20711 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20712 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20713 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20715 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20716 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20718 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20720 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20721 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20722 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20724 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20726 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20727 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20728 A value of nil means never do it.
20729 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20730 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20731 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20733 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20735 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20736 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20737 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20739 ;;;***
20740 \f
20741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20709 26818
20742 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20745 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20746 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20748 ;;;***
20749 \f
20750 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20751 ;;;;;; (20873 17019 382960 343000))
20752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20753 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20754 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20755 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20756 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20757 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20758 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20760 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20761 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20762 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20763 Tab indents for Perl code.
20765 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20766 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20768 Variables controlling indentation style:
20769 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20770 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20771 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20772 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20773 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20774 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20775 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20776 `perl-nochange'
20777 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20778 `perl-indent-level'
20779 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20780 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20781 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20782 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20783 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20784 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20785 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20786 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20787 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20788 `perl-brace-offset'
20789 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20790 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20791 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20792 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20793 `perl-label-offset'
20794 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20795 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20796 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20798 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20799 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20800 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20801 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20802 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20803 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20804 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20806 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20808 \(fn)" t nil)
20810 ;;;***
20811 \f
20812 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20813 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20814 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20816 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20817 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20819 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20820 afterwards settable by these commands:
20837 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20838 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20839 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20840 with these commands:
20844 Move to column following last
20852 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20854 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20858 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20861 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20866 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20869 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20879 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20880 by supplying an argument.
20882 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20884 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20885 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20887 \(fn)" t nil)
20889 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20891 ;;;***
20892 \f
20893 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20894 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20897 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20898 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20900 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20902 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20903 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20905 \(fn)" t nil)
20907 ;;;***
20908 \f
20909 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20910 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
20911 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20913 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20914 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20915 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20917 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20919 ;;;***
20920 \f
20921 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104
20922 ;;;;;; 0))
20923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20925 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20926 Play pong and waste time.
20927 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20928 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20936 ;;;***
20937 \f
20938 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818
20939 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20942 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20943 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20944 Use streaming commands.
20946 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20948 ;;;***
20949 \f
20950 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20951 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20952 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20955 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20956 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20957 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20958 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20960 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20962 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20963 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20965 \(fn)" nil nil)
20967 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20968 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20969 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20970 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20971 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20973 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20975 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20976 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20977 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20979 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20981 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20982 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20984 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20986 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20987 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20988 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20989 Ignores leading comment characters.
20991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20993 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20994 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20995 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20996 Ignores leading comment characters.
20998 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21000 ;;;***
21001 \f
21002 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21003 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21004 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21005 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21006 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21007 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21008 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21009 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21010 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21011 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21012 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21013 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21014 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21015 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21016 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21017 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21018 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21019 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21020 ;;;;;; (20891 44219 680764 0))
21021 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21023 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21024 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21026 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21030 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21032 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21033 Preview directory using ghostview.
21035 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21036 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21037 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21038 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21040 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21041 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21042 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21043 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21044 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21045 file name.
21047 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21049 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21051 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21052 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21054 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21055 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21056 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21057 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21059 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21060 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21061 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21062 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21063 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21064 file name.
21066 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21068 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21071 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21073 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21074 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21075 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21076 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21078 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21079 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21080 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21081 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21082 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21083 file name.
21085 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21087 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21090 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21092 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21094 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21095 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21096 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21097 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21099 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21100 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21101 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21102 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21103 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21104 file name.
21106 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21108 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21111 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21113 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21114 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21115 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21117 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21118 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21119 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21120 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21125 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21127 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21128 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21129 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21131 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21132 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21133 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21134 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21139 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21141 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21142 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21143 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21145 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21146 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21147 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21148 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21150 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21153 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21155 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21157 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21158 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21159 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21161 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21162 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21163 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21164 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21166 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21168 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21169 Preview region using ghostview.
21171 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21173 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21175 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21176 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21178 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21180 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21182 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21183 Print region using PostScript printer.
21185 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21187 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21190 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21192 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21194 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21196 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21197 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21199 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21201 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21203 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21204 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21206 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21208 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21211 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21213 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21215 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21217 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21218 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21220 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21222 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21224 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21225 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21226 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21227 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21229 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21230 matching.
21232 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21233 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21235 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21237 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21239 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21240 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21241 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21242 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21246 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21247 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21248 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21249 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21253 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21254 Print directory using text printer.
21256 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21257 matching.
21259 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21260 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21262 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21264 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21267 Print buffer using text printer.
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21272 Print region using text printer.
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21277 Print major mode using text printer.
21279 \(fn)" t nil)
21281 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21282 Preview spooled PostScript.
21284 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21285 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21286 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21288 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21289 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21290 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21292 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21295 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21297 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21298 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21299 instead of sending it to the printer.
21301 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21302 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21303 image in a file with that name.
21305 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21307 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21308 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21310 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21311 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21312 instead of sending it to the printer.
21314 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21315 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21316 image in a file with that name.
21318 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21320 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21321 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21323 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21324 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21325 instead of sending it to the printer.
21327 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21328 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21329 image in a file with that name.
21331 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21333 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21334 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21336 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21338 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21339 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21341 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21344 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21346 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21349 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21351 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21354 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21356 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21359 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21361 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21362 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21363 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21364 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21366 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21367 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21368 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21369 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21370 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21371 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21372 file name.
21374 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21376 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21377 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21381 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21382 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21384 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21385 right.
21386 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21387 bottom.
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21391 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21392 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21396 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21397 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21401 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21402 Toggle printing with faces.
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21406 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21407 Toggle spooling.
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21411 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21412 Toggle duplex.
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21416 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21417 Toggle tumble.
21419 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21420 right.
21421 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21422 bottom.
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21426 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21427 Toggle landscape.
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21431 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21432 Toggle upside-down.
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21436 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21437 Toggle line number.
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21441 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21442 Toggle zebra stripes.
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21446 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21447 Toggle printing header.
21449 \(fn)" t nil)
21451 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21452 Toggle printing header frame.
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21456 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21457 Toggle menu lock.
21459 \(fn)" t nil)
21461 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21462 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21466 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21467 Toggle auto mode.
21469 \(fn)" t nil)
21471 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21472 Customization of the `printing' group.
21474 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21476 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21477 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21479 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21481 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21482 Help for the printing package.
21484 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21486 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21487 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21489 \(fn)" t nil)
21491 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21492 Interactively select a text printer.
21494 \(fn)" t nil)
21496 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21497 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21499 \(fn)" t nil)
21501 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21502 Show current ps-print settings.
21504 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21506 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21507 Show current printing settings.
21509 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21511 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21512 Show current lpr settings.
21514 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21516 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21517 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21519 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21520 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21521 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21522 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21525 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21527 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21528 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21529 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21531 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21532 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21533 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21534 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21535 current active printer.
21537 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21538 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21539 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21540 printer.
21542 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21543 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21544 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21545 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21546 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21549 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21550 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21552 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21554 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21555 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21556 be done using the new current active printer.
21558 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21559 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21560 printer.
21562 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21563 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21564 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21565 instead of sending it to the printer.
21567 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21568 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21569 printer.
21571 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21574 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21575 are both set to t.
21577 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21579 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21580 Fast fire function for text printing.
21582 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21583 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21584 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21585 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21587 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21588 user for a new active text printer.
21590 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21592 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21594 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21595 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21596 printer.
21598 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21600 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21601 are both set to t.
21603 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21605 ;;;***
21606 \f
21607 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104
21608 ;;;;;; 0))
21609 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21611 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21612 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21614 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21615 the process information.
21617 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21619 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21620 Proced buffers.
21622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21624 ;;;***
21625 \f
21626 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21627 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21628 ;;;;;; (20824 3367 300658 0))
21629 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21631 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21632 Start/restart profilers.
21633 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21634 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21635 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21637 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21639 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21640 Open profile FILENAME.
21642 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21644 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21645 Open profile FILENAME.
21647 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21649 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21650 Open profile FILENAME.
21652 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21654 ;;;***
21655 \f
21656 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21657 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
21658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21660 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21661 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21663 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21664 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21666 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21668 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21671 Commands:
21673 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21674 if that value is non-nil.
21676 \(fn)" t nil)
21678 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21679 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21680 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21682 \(fn)" t nil)
21684 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21685 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21686 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21690 ;;;***
21691 \f
21692 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799
21693 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
21694 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21696 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21697 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21700 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21702 ;;;***
21703 \f
21704 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777
21705 ;;;;;; 63161 848428 0))
21706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21708 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21709 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21711 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21713 The following variables hold user options, and can
21714 be set through the `customize' command:
21716 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21717 `ps-mode-tab'
21718 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21719 `ps-mode-print-function'
21720 `ps-run-prompt'
21721 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21722 `ps-run-x'
21723 `ps-run-dumb'
21724 `ps-run-init'
21725 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21726 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21735 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21736 The keymap for this second window is:
21741 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21742 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21743 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21744 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21745 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21747 \(fn)" t nil)
21749 ;;;***
21750 \f
21751 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21752 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21753 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21754 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21755 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21756 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20874
21757 ;;;;;; 65006 672942 217000))
21758 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21760 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21761 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21762 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21764 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21766 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21767 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21768 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21769 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21771 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21773 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21774 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21776 Valid values are:
21778 nil Do not print colors.
21780 t Print colors.
21782 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21783 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21785 Any other value is treated as t.")
21787 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21789 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21790 Customization of ps-print group.
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21794 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21795 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21797 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21798 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21799 sending it to the printer.
21801 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21802 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21803 image in a file with that name.
21805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21807 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21808 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21809 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21810 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21811 so it has a way to determine color values.
21813 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21815 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21816 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21817 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21819 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21821 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21822 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21823 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21824 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21825 so it has a way to determine color values.
21827 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21829 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21830 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21831 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21832 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21834 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21836 \(fn)" t nil)
21838 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21839 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21840 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21841 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21842 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21844 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21846 \(fn)" t nil)
21848 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21849 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21850 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21852 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21854 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21856 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21857 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21858 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21859 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21860 so it has a way to determine color values.
21862 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21864 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21866 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21867 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21869 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21870 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21871 instead of sending it to the printer.
21873 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21874 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21875 image in a file with that name.
21877 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21879 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21880 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21881 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21885 \(fn)" t nil)
21887 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21888 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21889 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21891 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21893 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21894 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21895 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21897 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21899 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21900 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21902 \(fn)" nil nil)
21904 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21905 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21907 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21908 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21910 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21911 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21913 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21915 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21917 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21919 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21920 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21922 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21923 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21925 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21926 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21928 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21930 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21932 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21934 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21935 foreground and background colors respectively.
21937 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21938 bold - use bold font.
21939 italic - use italic font.
21940 underline - put a line under text.
21941 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21942 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21943 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21944 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21945 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21947 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21949 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21951 ;;;***
21952 \f
21953 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21954 ;;;;;; (20874 65006 672942 217000))
21955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21959 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21961 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21962 Run an inferior Python process.
21963 Input and output via buffer named after
21964 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21965 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21967 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21968 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21969 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21970 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21972 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21974 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21976 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21978 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21979 Major mode for editing Python files.
21982 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21983 if that value is non-nil.
21985 \(fn)" t nil)
21987 ;;;***
21988 \f
21989 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21990 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
21991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21993 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21994 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21995 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21996 coding-system.
21998 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22001 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22002 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22003 them into characters should be done separately.
22005 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22007 ;;;***
22008 \f
22009 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22010 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22011 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22012 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22013 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22014 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22016 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22017 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22019 \(fn)" nil nil)
22021 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22022 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22023 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22025 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22026 `quail-activate', which see.
22028 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22030 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22031 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22032 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22033 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22034 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22035 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22036 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22038 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22039 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22040 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22041 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22042 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22043 shown.
22044 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22046 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22047 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22050 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22051 list of candidates.
22053 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22054 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22055 command to be called.
22057 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22058 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22059 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22060 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22062 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22063 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22064 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22065 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22066 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22067 to t.
22069 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22070 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22071 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22072 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22074 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22075 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22076 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22077 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22079 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22080 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22081 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22082 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22083 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22084 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22086 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22087 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22090 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22093 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22094 covers Quail translation region.
22096 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22097 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22098 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22099 for it) is inserted.
22101 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22102 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22103 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22105 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22106 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22107 non-Quail commands.
22109 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22111 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22112 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22114 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22115 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22116 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22117 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22118 you type is correctly handled.
22120 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22122 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22123 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22125 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22126 keyboard type.
22128 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22130 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22131 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22132 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22133 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22134 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22135 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22136 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22137 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22138 for the translation.
22139 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22141 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22142 it is used to handle KEY.
22144 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22145 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22146 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22147 the following annotation types are supported.
22149 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22150 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22152 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22153 candidate list.
22155 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22156 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22157 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22158 inserted.
22160 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22161 generated for the following translations.
22163 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22165 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22166 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22168 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22169 which to install MAP.
22171 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22173 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22175 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22176 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22178 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22179 which to install MAP.
22181 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22183 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22185 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22186 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22187 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22188 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22189 a function, or a cons.
22190 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22191 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22192 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22193 for the translation.
22194 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22195 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22196 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22197 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22198 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22200 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22201 it is used to handle KEY.
22203 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22204 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22205 current Quail package.
22207 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22208 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22210 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22212 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22213 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22215 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22216 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22218 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22220 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22221 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22223 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22225 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22226 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22227 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22228 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22229 of the Emacs source tree.
22231 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22234 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22235 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22236 of each directory.
22238 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22240 ;;;***
22241 \f
22242 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22243 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22244 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20799
22245 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
22246 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22248 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22249 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22250 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22251 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22253 To make use of this do something like:
22255 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22257 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22259 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22260 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22262 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22263 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22264 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22266 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22268 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22269 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22271 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22273 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22274 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22276 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22277 is decided.
22279 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22281 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22282 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22284 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22285 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22286 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22288 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22290 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22291 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22293 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22295 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22296 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22298 \(fn)" t nil)
22300 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22301 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22303 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22307 \(fn)" t nil)
22309 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22310 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22312 \(fn)" t nil)
22314 ;;;***
22315 \f
22316 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22317 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20770 3512 176098 0))
22318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22320 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22321 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22323 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22325 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22327 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22329 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22331 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22334 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22336 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22337 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22338 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22341 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22343 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22345 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22346 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22347 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22348 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22349 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22353 ;;;***
22354 \f
22355 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709
22356 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22359 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22360 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22363 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22365 ;;;***
22366 \f
22367 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22368 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22371 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22373 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22374 Construct a regexp interactively.
22377 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22380 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22382 \(fn)" t nil)
22384 ;;;***
22385 \f
22386 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574
22387 ;;;;;; 214287 0))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22390 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22391 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22392 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22395 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22397 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22399 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22402 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22403 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22407 were operated on recently.
22409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22411 ;;;***
22412 \f
22413 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22414 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22415 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22416 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22417 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22420 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22421 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22422 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22423 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22424 ends.
22426 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22427 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22428 to be deleted.
22430 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22432 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22434 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22436 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22437 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22438 deleted.
22440 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22442 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22443 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22444 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22446 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22448 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22449 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22451 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22452 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22454 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22455 deleted.
22457 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22458 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22459 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22460 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22461 even beep.)
22463 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22465 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22466 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22470 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22471 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22473 \(fn)" t nil)
22475 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22477 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22478 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22479 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22480 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22481 and point is at the lower right corner.
22483 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22485 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22486 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22488 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22489 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22491 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22492 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22493 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22495 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22497 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22499 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22500 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22501 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22502 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22503 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22505 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22506 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22508 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22510 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22511 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22512 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22514 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22516 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22518 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22520 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22521 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22523 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22524 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22525 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22527 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22529 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22530 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22531 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22533 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22534 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22535 rectangle which were empty.
22537 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22539 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22540 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22542 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22543 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22544 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22545 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22547 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22549 ;;;***
22550 \f
22551 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884
22552 ;;;;;; 7264 912957 506000))
22553 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22555 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22556 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22561 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22562 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22563 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22564 auto-filling.
22568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22570 ;;;***
22571 \f
22572 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22573 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20895 15912
22574 ;;;;;; 444844 0))
22575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22577 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22578 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22580 \(fn)" nil nil)
22582 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22589 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22590 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22594 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22597 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22598 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22601 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22602 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22604 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22608 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22609 on the menu bar.
22611 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22615 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22616 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22617 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22619 \(fn)" nil nil)
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22624 ;;;;;; (20838 36262 626321 0))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22627 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22628 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22629 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22631 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22632 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22634 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22636 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22638 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22639 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22641 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22642 `reftex-cite-format'.
22644 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22645 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22646 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22647 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22649 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22651 ;;;***
22652 \f
22653 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22654 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22657 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22658 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22659 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22660 the current TeX document.
22662 With no argument, this command toggles
22663 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22664 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22668 ;;;***
22669 \f
22670 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22671 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22672 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22674 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22675 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22676 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22678 To insert new phrases, use
22682 To index phrases use one of:
22693 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22695 Here are all local bindings.
22699 \(fn)" t nil)
22701 ;;;***
22702 \f
22703 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22704 ;;;;;; (20895 15912 444844 0))
22705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22707 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22708 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22709 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22710 of master file.
22712 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22714 ;;;***
22715 \f
22716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20895
22717 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
22718 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22719 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22720 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22721 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22722 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22724 ;;;***
22725 \f
22726 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22727 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22730 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22731 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22732 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22733 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22734 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22735 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22740 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22742 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22745 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22747 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22748 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22749 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22750 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22752 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22754 ;;;***
22755 \f
22756 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22757 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22758 ;;;;;; (20874 65006 672942 217000))
22759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22761 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22762 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22763 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22764 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22766 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22768 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22770 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22771 Call `remember' in another frame.
22773 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22775 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22776 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22777 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22779 \(fn)" t nil)
22781 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22782 Extract diary entries from the region.
22784 \(fn)" nil nil)
22786 ;;;***
22787 \f
22788 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104
22789 ;;;;;; 0))
22790 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22792 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22793 Repeat most recently executed command.
22794 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22795 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22796 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22798 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22799 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22800 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22801 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22803 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22807 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22809 ;;;***
22810 \f
22811 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22812 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22815 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22816 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22818 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22819 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22820 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22821 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22822 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22823 and point is left after the salutation.
22825 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22826 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22827 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22828 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22829 left after that text.
22831 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22832 is non-nil.
22834 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22835 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22836 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22837 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22839 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22844 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22847 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22848 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22849 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22850 visibility of comments that precede it.
22851 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22852 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22853 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22854 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22855 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22856 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22857 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22858 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22859 the comment lines.
22860 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22861 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22862 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22863 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22864 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22868 ;;;***
22869 \f
22870 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22871 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22872 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22874 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22875 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22878 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22880 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22881 reveals invisible text around point.
22883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22885 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22886 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22887 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22888 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22889 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22890 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22892 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22894 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22895 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22896 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22899 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22900 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22904 ;;;***
22905 \f
22906 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22907 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22910 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22911 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22913 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22915 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22916 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22918 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22920 ;;;***
22921 \f
22922 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024
22923 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
22924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22926 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22927 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22928 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22929 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22931 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22933 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22934 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22935 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22936 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22938 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22939 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22941 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22942 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22944 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22945 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22946 INPUT-ARGS.
22948 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22949 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22950 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22951 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22952 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22954 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22955 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22956 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22957 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22959 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22960 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22961 variable.
22963 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22965 ;;;***
22966 \f
22967 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22968 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22969 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22970 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22971 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22972 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20892 39729 858825
22973 ;;;;;; 0))
22974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22976 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22977 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22979 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22981 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22983 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22984 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22985 Its name should end with a slash.")
22987 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22988 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22990 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22991 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22992 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22994 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22996 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22997 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22998 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22999 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23000 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23001 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23002 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23004 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23005 sent by you under different user names.
23006 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23008 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23010 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23012 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23014 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23015 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23016 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23017 explicitly.")
23019 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23021 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23022 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23023 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23024 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23025 which normally happens once for each message,
23026 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23027 To make a change in this variable take effect
23028 for a message that you have already viewed,
23031 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23033 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23034 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23035 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23036 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23038 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23040 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23041 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23043 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23046 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23047 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23049 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23051 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23052 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23053 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23054 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23055 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23058 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23060 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23061 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23063 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23066 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23068 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23070 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23071 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23073 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23074 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23076 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23078 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23079 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23081 This is set to nil by default.")
23083 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23084 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23085 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23086 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23087 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23088 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23089 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23091 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23092 Read and edit incoming mail.
23093 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23094 file in RMAIL Mode.
23097 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23098 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23099 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23100 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23102 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23104 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23106 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23108 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23109 Instead, these commands are available:
23125 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23126 till a deleted message is found.
23127 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23140 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23145 (label defaults to last one specified).
23146 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23156 \(fn)" t nil)
23158 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23159 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23161 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23163 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23164 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23166 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23168 ;;;***
23169 \f
23170 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23171 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23172 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23173 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23174 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23176 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23177 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23178 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23179 case it writes Babyl.
23181 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23182 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23183 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23184 `rmail-default-file'.
23186 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23187 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23188 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23190 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23191 the header display is currently pruned.
23193 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23194 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23195 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23196 messages after output.
23198 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23200 message (if writing a file directly).
23202 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23203 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23205 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23207 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23208 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23209 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23210 i) the header is output as currently seen
23211 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23212 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23214 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23215 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23216 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23218 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23220 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23221 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23222 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23224 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23225 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23226 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23228 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23229 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23230 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23232 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23234 ;;;***
23235 \f
23236 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23237 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23238 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23240 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23241 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23242 Return a pattern.
23244 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23246 ;;;***
23247 \f
23248 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23249 ;;;;;; (20813 33065 721081 0))
23250 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23252 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23253 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23254 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23255 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23257 \(fn)" t nil)
23259 ;;;***
23260 \f
23261 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23262 ;;;;;; (20884 6711 386198 0))
23263 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23265 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23266 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23268 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23269 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23270 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23271 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23272 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23274 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23275 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23276 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23277 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23279 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23280 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23282 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23283 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23284 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23285 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23286 to use for finding the schema.
23288 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23290 ;;;***
23291 \f
23292 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709
23293 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23296 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23298 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23299 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23300 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23301 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23302 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23303 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23304 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23305 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23306 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23307 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23308 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23309 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23310 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23311 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23312 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23313 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23314 must be equal.
23316 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23318 ;;;***
23319 \f
23320 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23321 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23322 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23324 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23325 Define a robin package.
23327 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23328 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23329 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23330 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23332 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23333 one replaces the old one.
23335 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23337 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23338 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23340 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23341 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23342 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23344 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23346 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23347 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23349 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23351 ;;;***
23352 \f
23353 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23354 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20709 26818 907104
23355 ;;;;;; 0))
23356 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23358 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23359 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23361 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23363 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23364 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23366 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23368 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23369 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23371 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23373 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23374 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23375 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23377 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23378 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23379 in ROT13.
23381 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23383 \(fn)" t nil)
23385 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23386 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23388 \(fn)" t nil)
23390 ;;;***
23391 \f
23392 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23393 ;;;;;; (20884 7264 912957 506000))
23394 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23397 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23398 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23401 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23402 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23403 highlighting.
23407 \(fn)" t nil)
23409 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23410 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23411 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23412 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23413 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23415 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23416 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23417 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23421 ;;;***
23422 \f
23423 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23424 ;;;;;; (20905 51752 865679 0))
23425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23427 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23428 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23430 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23431 nesting into account.
23433 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23437 \(fn)" t nil)
23445 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23447 ;;;***
23448 \f
23449 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791
23450 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
23451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23453 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23454 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23455 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23457 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23458 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23459 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23460 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23461 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23465 ;;;***
23466 \f
23467 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709
23468 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23471 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23472 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23473 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23474 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23476 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23478 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23479 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23480 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23482 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23483 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23484 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23486 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23487 notation.
23489 STRING
23490 matches string STRING literally.
23492 CHAR
23493 matches character CHAR literally.
23495 `not-newline', `nonl'
23496 matches any character except a newline.
23498 `anything'
23499 matches any character
23501 `(any SET ...)'
23502 `(in SET ...)'
23503 `(char SET ...)'
23504 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23505 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23506 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23508 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23509 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23510 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23511 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23513 `(not (any SET ...))'
23514 matches any character not in SET ...
23516 `line-start', `bol'
23517 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23518 in the text being matched
23520 `line-end', `eol'
23521 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23523 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23524 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23525 string being matched against.
23527 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23528 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23529 string being matched against.
23531 `buffer-start'
23532 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23533 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23535 `buffer-end'
23536 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23537 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23539 `point'
23540 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23542 `word-start', `bow'
23543 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23545 `word-end', `eow'
23546 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23548 `word-boundary'
23549 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23550 word.
23552 `(not word-boundary)'
23553 `not-word-boundary'
23554 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23555 word.
23557 `symbol-start'
23558 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23560 `symbol-end'
23561 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23563 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23564 matches 0 through 9.
23566 `control', `cntrl'
23567 matches ASCII control characters.
23569 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23570 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23572 `blank'
23573 matches space and tab only.
23575 `graphic', `graph'
23576 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23577 space, and DEL.
23579 `printing', `print'
23580 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23581 and DEL.
23583 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23584 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23585 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23587 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23588 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23589 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23591 `ascii'
23592 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23594 `nonascii'
23595 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23597 `lower', `lower-case'
23598 matches anything lower-case.
23600 `upper', `upper-case'
23601 matches anything upper-case.
23603 `punctuation', `punct'
23604 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23605 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23607 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23608 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23610 `word', `wordchar'
23611 matches anything that has word syntax.
23613 `not-wordchar'
23614 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23616 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23617 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23618 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23637 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23638 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23640 `(category CATEGORY)'
23641 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23642 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23684 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23685 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23687 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23688 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23689 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23690 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23691 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23693 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23694 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23695 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23696 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23698 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23699 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23700 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23701 group number N.
23703 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23704 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23705 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23706 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23707 regular expression.
23709 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23710 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23712 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23713 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23715 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23716 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23718 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23719 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23721 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23722 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23723 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23725 `(* SEXP ...)'
23726 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23727 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23729 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23730 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23731 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23733 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23734 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23735 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23737 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23738 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23740 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23741 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23743 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23744 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23745 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23746 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23748 `(? SEXP ...)'
23749 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23751 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23752 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23754 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23755 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23756 matches N occurrences.
23758 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23759 matches N or more occurrences.
23761 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23762 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23763 matches N to M occurrences.
23765 `(backref N)'
23766 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23768 `(eval FORM)'
23769 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23770 `regexp-quote' it.
23772 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23773 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23775 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23777 ;;;***
23778 \f
23779 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20709
23780 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23783 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23784 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23785 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23788 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23790 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23792 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23793 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23795 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23796 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23798 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23799 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23800 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23801 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23803 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23804 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23805 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23809 ;;;***
23810 \f
23811 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23812 ;;;;;; (20805 38951 572072 0))
23813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23815 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23816 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23817 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23819 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23820 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23821 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23822 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23824 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23826 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23828 Commands:
23829 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23830 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23832 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23833 if that value is non-nil.
23835 \(fn)" t nil)
23837 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23838 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23839 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23841 Commands:
23842 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23843 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23845 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23846 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23847 that variable's value is a string.
23849 \(fn)" t nil)
23851 ;;;***
23852 \f
23853 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23854 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23857 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23858 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23859 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23863 \(fn)" t nil)
23865 ;;;***
23866 \f
23867 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23868 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23869 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23871 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23872 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23873 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23874 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23875 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23876 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23878 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23880 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23881 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23882 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23883 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23884 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23886 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23887 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23891 ;;;***
23892 \f
23893 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23894 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23895 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23897 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23898 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23900 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23901 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23902 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23903 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23904 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23908 ;;;***
23909 \f
23910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20709 26818 907104
23911 ;;;;;; 0))
23912 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23913 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23914 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23916 ;;;***
23917 \f
23918 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23919 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20813 33065 721081 0))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23922 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23923 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23924 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23926 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23927 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23928 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23929 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23930 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23931 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23932 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23933 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23934 keybinding for tag names.
23935 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23936 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23937 of the symbol under point.
23938 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23939 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23940 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23941 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23942 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23943 syntax tokens.
23944 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23946 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23948 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23949 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23950 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23953 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23955 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23957 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23958 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23960 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23961 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23963 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23964 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23965 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23966 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23967 Semantic mode.
23971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23973 ;;;***
23974 \f
23975 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
23976 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20895 15912 444844 0))
23977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23979 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23980 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23982 \(fn)" t nil)
23984 ;;;***
23985 \f
23986 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
23987 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20879 27694 495748 0))
23988 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23990 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23991 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23993 \(fn)" t nil)
23995 ;;;***
23996 \f
23997 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23998 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
23999 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24000 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24001 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24002 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24003 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24004 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24005 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20723 59703 12265 0))
24006 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24008 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24011 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24012 king@grassland.com
24013 If `parens', they look like:
24014 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24015 If `angles', they look like:
24016 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24018 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24019 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24021 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24023 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24024 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24025 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24026 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24028 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24029 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24030 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24031 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24033 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24035 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24036 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24037 This is done when the message is initialized,
24038 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24040 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24042 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24043 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24044 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24048 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24049 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24050 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24051 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24052 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24053 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24054 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24056 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24058 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24059 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24061 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24063 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24064 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24065 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24066 be a Babyl file.")
24068 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24070 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24071 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24072 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24073 when you first send mail.")
24075 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24077 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24078 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24079 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24080 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24081 This file need not actually exist.")
24083 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24085 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24086 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24088 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24090 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24091 Alist of mail address aliases,
24092 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24093 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24094 can specify a different file name.)
24095 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24096 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24098 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24099 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24100 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24102 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24104 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24105 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24106 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24108 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24110 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24111 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24112 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24113 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24114 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24115 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24116 in the cited portion of the message.
24118 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24119 instead of no action.")
24121 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24123 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24124 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24125 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24126 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24127 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24129 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24131 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24132 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24133 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24134 If a string, that string is inserted.
24136 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24137 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24138 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24140 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24142 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24143 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24145 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24147 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24148 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24149 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24151 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24152 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24154 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24156 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24157 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24158 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24159 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24161 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24163 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24164 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24165 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24167 \(fn)" nil nil)
24169 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24171 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24174 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24176 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24177 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24178 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24183 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24195 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24196 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24198 \(fn)" t nil)
24200 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24201 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24203 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24205 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24207 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24208 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24209 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24210 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24211 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24212 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24214 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24215 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24216 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24218 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24219 User should not set this variable manually,
24220 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24221 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24222 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24224 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24225 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24226 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24227 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24229 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24230 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24235 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24236 to move to message header fields:
24239 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24240 when the message is initialized.
24242 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24243 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24245 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24246 is inserted.
24248 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24249 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24251 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24252 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24253 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24254 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24255 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24256 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24257 buffer without erasing the contents.
24259 The second through fifth arguments,
24260 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24261 the initial contents of those header fields.
24262 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24263 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24264 original message being replied to, or else an action
24265 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24266 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24267 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24268 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24269 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24270 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24272 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24274 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24275 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24277 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24279 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24280 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24282 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24284 ;;;***
24285 \f
24286 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24287 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20763
24288 ;;;;;; 30266 231060 0))
24289 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24291 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24293 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24295 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24297 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24298 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24299 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24301 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24304 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24305 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24307 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24308 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24309 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24314 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24316 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24317 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24318 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24319 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24321 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24323 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24324 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24325 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24327 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24328 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24330 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24332 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24333 Toggle Server mode.
24334 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24335 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24336 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24338 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24339 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24340 `server-start' for details.
24342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24344 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24345 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24346 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24348 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24349 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24351 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24353 ;;;***
24354 \f
24355 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24356 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24358 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24359 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24362 Key definitions:
24364 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24366 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24369 \(fn)" t nil)
24371 ;;;***
24372 \f
24373 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24374 ;;;;;; (20784 36406 653593 0))
24375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24377 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24378 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24379 Makes > match <.
24381 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24383 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24384 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24385 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24387 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24388 in your init file.
24396 \(fn)" t nil)
24398 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24399 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24400 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24401 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24403 which this is based.
24405 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24407 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24408 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24409 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24410 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24412 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24413 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24414 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24416 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24417 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24418 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24419 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24424 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24428 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24429 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24430 To work around that, do:
24435 \(fn)" t nil)
24437 ;;;***
24438 \f
24439 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24440 ;;;;;; (20850 27430 515630 0))
24441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24442 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24444 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24445 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24446 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24447 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24448 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24449 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24451 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24452 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24453 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24454 shell-specific features.
24456 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24457 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24458 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24471 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24475 would indent to the way it currently is.
24477 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24487 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24488 unquoted < insert a here document.
24490 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24491 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24492 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24495 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24497 \(fn)" t nil)
24499 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24501 ;;;***
24502 \f
24503 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24504 ;;;;;; (20858 21542 723007 0))
24505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24507 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24508 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24510 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24511 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24512 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24514 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24515 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24516 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24518 the earlier.
24520 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24524 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24525 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24528 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24529 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24531 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24532 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24533 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24534 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24535 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24536 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24537 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24538 Emacs version).
24540 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24541 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24542 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24543 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24544 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24546 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24547 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24549 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24551 ;;;***
24552 \f
24553 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24554 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20799
24555 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
24556 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24558 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24559 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24560 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24561 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24562 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24563 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24564 sites in the cluster.
24566 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24568 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24569 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24570 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24571 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24572 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24574 \(fn)" t nil)
24576 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24577 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24578 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24579 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24580 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24581 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24582 `shadow-define-cluster').
24584 \(fn)" t nil)
24586 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24587 Set up file shadowing.
24589 \(fn)" t nil)
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24594 ;;;;;; (20884 7264 912957 506000))
24595 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24598 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24599 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24600 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24601 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24602 arguments.")
24604 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24606 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24607 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24608 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24609 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24610 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24612 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24613 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24614 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24615 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24616 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24617 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24618 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24619 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24620 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24621 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24622 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24624 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24627 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24628 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24629 `default-process-coding-system'.
24631 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24632 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24633 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24634 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24638 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24640 ;;;***
24641 \f
24642 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20903
24643 ;;;;;; 10024 645978 0))
24644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24646 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24647 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24648 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24649 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24651 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24653 ;;;***
24654 \f
24655 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24656 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20896 36774 886399
24657 ;;;;;; 0))
24658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24660 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24663 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24665 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24668 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24670 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24673 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24675 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24678 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24680 ;;;***
24681 \f
24682 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24683 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24686 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24687 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24688 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24689 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24690 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24692 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24694 \(fn)" t nil)
24696 ;;;***
24697 \f
24698 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777
24699 ;;;;;; 63161 848428 0))
24700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24702 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24703 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24705 Variables controlling indentation style:
24706 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24707 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24708 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24709 `simula-indent-level'
24710 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24711 `simula-substatement-offset'
24712 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24713 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24714 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24715 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24716 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24717 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24718 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24719 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24720 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24721 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24722 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24723 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24724 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24725 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24726 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24727 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24728 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24729 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24730 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24731 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24732 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24733 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24734 or nil if they should not be changed.
24735 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24736 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24737 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24738 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24740 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24741 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24743 \(fn)" t nil)
24745 ;;;***
24746 \f
24747 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24748 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20709 26818 907104
24749 ;;;;;; 0))
24750 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24752 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24753 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24755 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24756 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24757 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24758 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24760 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24762 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24764 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24765 Insert SKELETON.
24766 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24767 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24768 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24769 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24772 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24773 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24775 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24777 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24778 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24780 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24781 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24782 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24783 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24785 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24786 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24787 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24788 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24790 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24791 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24792 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24794 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24795 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24797 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24798 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24801 _ interesting point, interregion here
24802 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24803 interesting point set by _
24804 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24805 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24806 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24807 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24808 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24809 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24810 nil skipped
24812 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24813 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24815 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24816 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24817 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24819 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24821 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24822 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24824 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24825 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24826 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24827 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24828 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24829 available:
24831 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24832 then: insert previously read string once more
24833 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24834 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24835 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24837 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24838 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24840 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24842 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24843 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24845 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24846 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24847 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24848 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24849 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24850 such as backslash.
24852 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24853 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24854 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24858 ;;;***
24859 \f
24860 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24861 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24862 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24864 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24865 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24866 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24867 buffer names.
24869 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24871 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24872 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24874 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24875 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24880 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24881 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24882 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24884 \(fn)" t nil)
24886 ;;;***
24887 \f
24888 ;;;### (autoloads (smie-highlight-matching-block-mode) "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
24889 ;;;;;; (20901 54695 989166 0))
24890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
24892 (defvar smie-highlight-matching-block-mode nil "\
24893 Non-nil if Smie-Highlight-Matching-Block mode is enabled.
24894 See the command `smie-highlight-matching-block-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24897 or call the function `smie-highlight-matching-block-mode'.")
24899 (custom-autoload 'smie-highlight-matching-block-mode "smie" nil)
24901 (autoload 'smie-highlight-matching-block-mode "smie" "\
24902 Toggle Smie-Highlight-Matching-Block mode on or off.
24903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Smie-Highlight-Matching-Block mode if ARG is
24904 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24905 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
24908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24910 ;;;***
24911 \f
24912 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24913 ;;;;;; (20726 5184 974741 509000))
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24916 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24917 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24918 A list of images is returned.
24920 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24922 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24923 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24924 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24926 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24928 ;;;***
24929 \f
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24931 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24934 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24937 \(fn)" nil nil)
24939 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24940 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24942 \(fn)" t nil)
24944 ;;;***
24945 \f
24946 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20709 26818 907104
24947 ;;;;;; 0))
24948 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24950 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24951 Play the Snake game.
24952 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24954 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24956 Snake mode keybindings:
24966 \(fn)" t nil)
24968 ;;;***
24969 \f
24970 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24971 ;;;;;; (20891 18859 893295 0))
24972 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24974 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24975 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24976 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24977 Tab indents for C code.
24978 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24979 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24981 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24982 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24984 \(fn)" t nil)
24986 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24987 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24988 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24989 Tab indents for C code.
24990 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24991 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24993 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24994 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24996 \(fn)" t nil)
24998 ;;;***
24999 \f
25000 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709
25001 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25002 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25004 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25005 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25006 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25007 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25008 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25010 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25014 ;;;***
25015 \f
25016 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709
25017 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25018 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25020 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25021 Play Solitaire.
25025 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25029 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25030 check after each move or undo.)
25032 What is Solitaire?
25034 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25035 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25036 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25038 Le Solitaire
25039 ============
25041 o o o
25043 o o o
25045 o o o o o o o
25047 o o o . o o o
25049 o o o o o o o
25051 o o o
25053 o o o
25055 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25056 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25057 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25058 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25060 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25061 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25062 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25063 this: o o .
25065 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25066 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25068 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25070 o o o
25072 . o o
25074 o o . o o o o
25076 o . o o o o o
25078 o o o o o o o
25080 o o o
25082 o o o
25084 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25090 ;;;***
25091 \f
25092 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-duplicate-lines reverse-region sort-columns
25093 ;;;;;; sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages
25094 ;;;;;; sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20896
25095 ;;;;;; 36774 886399 0))
25096 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25097 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25099 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25100 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25102 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25103 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25104 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25105 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25106 contiguous.
25108 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25109 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25110 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25111 the sort order.
25113 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25114 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25116 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25117 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25118 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25119 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25120 is called.
25122 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25123 It should move point to the end of the record.
25125 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25126 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25127 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25128 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25129 starts at the beginning of the record.
25131 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25132 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25133 same as ENDRECFUN.
25135 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25136 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25137 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25138 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25139 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25140 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25141 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25143 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25145 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25146 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25147 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25148 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25149 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25150 the sort order.
25152 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25154 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25155 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25156 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25157 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25158 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25159 the sort order.
25161 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25163 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25164 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25165 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25166 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25167 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25168 the sort order.
25170 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25171 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25173 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25174 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25175 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25176 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25178 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25179 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25180 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25181 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25183 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25185 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25186 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25187 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25188 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25189 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25190 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25191 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25192 the sort order.
25194 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25196 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25197 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25198 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25199 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25201 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25204 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25205 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25207 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25209 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25210 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25211 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25213 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25215 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25216 the sort order.
25218 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25222 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25224 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25225 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25226 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25227 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25228 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25229 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25230 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25231 the sort order.
25233 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25234 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25235 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25236 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25239 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25241 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25242 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25243 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25245 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25247 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25248 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25250 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25251 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25252 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25253 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25255 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25256 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25257 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25258 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25259 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25261 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
25262 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
25264 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25265 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25266 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25268 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25270 ;;;***
25271 \f
25272 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901
25273 ;;;;;; 54695 989166 0))
25274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25276 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25277 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25278 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25279 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25280 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25281 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25283 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25285 ;;;***
25286 \f
25287 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25288 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25289 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874 65006 672942 217000))
25290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25292 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25293 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25295 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25296 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25297 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25299 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25301 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25302 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25303 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25304 server.
25306 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25308 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25309 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25310 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25312 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25314 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25315 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25317 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25318 Agent is plugged.
25320 \(fn)" t nil)
25322 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25323 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25324 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25327 \(fn)" t nil)
25329 ;;;***
25330 \f
25331 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25332 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20892 39729 858825 0))
25333 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25335 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25337 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25338 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25339 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25340 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25341 supported at a time.
25342 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25343 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25347 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25348 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25349 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25350 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25352 \(fn)" t nil)
25354 ;;;***
25355 \f
25356 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20709
25357 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25358 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25360 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25361 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25363 \(fn)" t nil)
25365 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25366 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25368 \(fn)" nil nil)
25370 ;;;***
25371 \f
25372 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25373 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25374 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25375 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25376 ;;;;;; (20878 6823 881439 0))
25377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25379 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25380 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25382 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25383 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25384 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25385 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25386 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25387 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25388 of the current highlighting list.
25390 For example:
25392 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25395 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25396 `_t' as data types.
25398 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25400 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25402 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25403 Major mode to edit SQL.
25405 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25407 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25410 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25412 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25413 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25416 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25419 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25420 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25422 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25423 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25424 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25426 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25427 (lambda ()
25430 \(fn)" t nil)
25432 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25433 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25435 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25436 their settings.
25438 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25439 is specified in the connection settings.
25441 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25443 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25444 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25449 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25456 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25458 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25459 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25461 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25462 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25463 `*SQL*'.
25465 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25466 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25467 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25468 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25470 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25471 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25476 buffer.
25478 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25481 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25482 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25483 `default-process-coding-system'.
25487 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25489 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25490 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25492 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25493 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25494 `*SQL*'.
25496 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25497 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25498 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25499 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25501 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25502 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25507 buffer.
25509 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25512 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25513 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25514 `default-process-coding-system'.
25518 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25520 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25521 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25523 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25524 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25525 `*SQL*'.
25527 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25528 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25530 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25531 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25536 buffer.
25538 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25541 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25542 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25543 `default-process-coding-system'.
25547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25549 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25550 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25552 SQLite is free software.
25554 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25555 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25556 `*SQL*'.
25558 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25559 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25560 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25561 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25563 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25564 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25569 buffer.
25571 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25574 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25575 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25576 `default-process-coding-system'.
25580 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25582 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25583 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25585 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25587 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25588 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25589 `*SQL*'.
25591 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25592 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25593 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25594 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25596 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25597 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25602 buffer.
25604 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25607 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25608 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25609 `default-process-coding-system'.
25613 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25615 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25616 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25618 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25619 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25620 `*SQL*'.
25622 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25623 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25624 defaults, if set.
25626 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25627 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25632 buffer.
25634 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25637 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25638 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25639 `default-process-coding-system'.
25643 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25645 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25646 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25648 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25649 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25650 `*SQL*'.
25652 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25653 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25655 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25656 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25661 buffer.
25663 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25666 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25667 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25668 `default-process-coding-system'.
25672 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25674 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25675 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25677 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25678 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25679 `*SQL*'.
25681 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25682 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25683 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25684 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25686 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25687 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25692 buffer.
25694 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25697 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25698 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25699 `default-process-coding-system'.
25703 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25705 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25706 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25708 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25709 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25710 `*SQL*'.
25712 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25713 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25714 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25715 `sql-postgres-options'.
25717 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25718 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25723 buffer.
25725 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25728 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25729 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25730 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25731 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25732 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25734 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25735 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25739 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25741 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25742 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25744 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25745 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25746 `*SQL*'.
25748 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25749 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25750 defaults, if set.
25752 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25753 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25758 buffer.
25760 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25763 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25764 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25765 `default-process-coding-system'.
25769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25771 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25772 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25774 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25775 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25776 `*SQL*'.
25778 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25779 automatic login.
25781 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25782 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25785 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25786 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25787 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25792 buffer.
25794 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25797 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25798 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25799 `default-process-coding-system'.
25803 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25805 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25806 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25808 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25809 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25810 `*SQL*'.
25812 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25813 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25814 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25815 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25816 parameters.
25818 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25819 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25820 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25821 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25822 an empty password.
25824 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25825 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25830 buffer.
25834 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25836 ;;;***
25837 \f
25838 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25839 ;;;;;; (20813 33065 721081 0))
25840 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25842 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25843 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25845 \(fn)" t nil)
25847 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25849 ;;;***
25850 \f
25851 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25852 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
25853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25855 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25856 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25857 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25858 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25859 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25860 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25861 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25862 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25863 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25864 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25865 with any buffer
25866 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25867 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25868 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25869 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25871 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25873 ;;;***
25874 \f
25875 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25876 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25877 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25878 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25879 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799
25880 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
25881 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25883 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25884 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25885 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25886 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25887 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25888 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25890 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25892 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25894 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25895 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25896 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25897 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25898 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25899 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25900 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25902 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25904 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25905 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25906 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25907 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25908 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25909 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25910 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25912 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25914 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25915 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25916 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25918 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25920 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25921 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25922 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25924 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25926 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25927 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25929 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25931 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25932 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25934 \(fn)" t nil)
25936 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25937 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25941 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25942 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25944 chronologically by command name.
25945 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25947 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25949 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25950 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25951 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25954 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25956 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25958 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25959 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25961 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25965 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25970 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25979 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25980 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25981 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25982 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25984 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25986 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25987 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25989 \(fn)" t nil)
25991 ;;;***
25992 \f
25993 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25994 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25995 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25997 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25998 Studlify-case the region.
26000 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26002 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26003 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26005 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26007 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26008 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26010 \(fn)" t nil)
26012 ;;;***
26013 \f
26014 ;;;### (autoloads (global-superword-mode superword-mode global-subword-mode
26015 ;;;;;; subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (20886 47777
26016 ;;;;;; 83668 440000))
26017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26019 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26020 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26022 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26023 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26025 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26026 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26027 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26030 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26031 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26032 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26034 Nomenclature Subwords
26035 ===========================================================
26040 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26041 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26042 as words.
26046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26048 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26049 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26050 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26052 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26053 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26055 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26057 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26058 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26059 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26060 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26061 ARG is omitted or nil.
26063 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26064 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26065 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26069 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26070 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26071 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26072 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26073 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26075 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26076 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26079 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26080 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26081 edit them as words.
26085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26087 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26088 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26089 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26092 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26094 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26096 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26097 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26098 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26099 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26100 ARG is omitted or nil.
26102 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26103 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26104 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26108 ;;;***
26109 \f
26110 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26111 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
26112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26114 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26115 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26116 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26117 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26118 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26119 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26120 original message but it does require a few things:
26122 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26124 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26125 reply buffer.
26127 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26128 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26129 original message.
26131 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26133 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26135 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26136 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26137 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26139 \(fn)" nil nil)
26141 ;;;***
26142 \f
26143 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709
26144 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
26145 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26147 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26149 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26150 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26151 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26154 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26156 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26158 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26159 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26160 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26161 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26162 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26164 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26165 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26166 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26170 ;;;***
26171 \f
26172 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20709 26818
26173 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26174 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26176 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26177 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26178 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26179 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26180 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26184 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26185 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26186 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26187 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26188 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26189 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26190 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26192 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26194 ;;;***
26195 \f
26196 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26197 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26198 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26199 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26200 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26201 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26202 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26203 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26204 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26205 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26206 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26207 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26208 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
26209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26211 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26212 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26213 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26215 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26217 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26218 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26220 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26222 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26223 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26225 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26227 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26228 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26230 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26232 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26233 Insert an editable text table.
26234 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26235 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26236 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26237 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26238 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26239 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26240 delimiting them.
26242 Examples:
26246 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26247 location of point.
26249 -!-
26252 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26253 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26254 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26255 first cell.
26257 +-----+-----+-----+
26258 |-!- | | |
26259 +-----+-----+-----+
26263 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26264 width, which results as
26266 +--------------+-----+-----+
26267 |-!- | | |
26268 +--------------+-----+-----+
26270 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26271 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26273 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26274 | | |-!- |
26275 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26277 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26278 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26279 width information to `table-insert'.
26281 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26283 instead of
26285 Cell width(s): 5
26287 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26288 work all together.
26290 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26293 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26294 |-!- | | |
26295 | | | |
26296 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26300 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26301 |-!- | | |
26302 | | | |
26303 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26304 | | | |
26305 | | | |
26306 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26308 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26311 | | | |
26312 | | | |
26313 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26314 | | | |
26315 | | | |
26316 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26317 -!-
26319 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26320 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26321 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26323 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26324 | | | |
26325 | | | |
26326 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26327 | | | |
26328 | | | |
26329 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26330 |-!- | | |
26331 | | | |
26332 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26334 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26335 results.
26337 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26338 | | | |
26339 | | | |
26340 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26341 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26342 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26343 | | |expected results.-!- |
26344 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26345 | | | |
26346 | | | |
26347 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26349 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26353 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26355 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26356 Insert N table row(s).
26357 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26358 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26359 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26360 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26362 \(fn N)" t nil)
26364 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26365 Insert N table column(s).
26366 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26367 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26368 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26369 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26371 \(fn N)" t nil)
26373 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26374 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26375 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26377 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26379 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26380 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26381 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26382 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26383 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26384 all the table specific features.
26386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26388 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26391 \(fn)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26394 Recognize all tables within region.
26395 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26396 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26397 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26398 specific features.
26400 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26402 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26405 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26407 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26408 Recognize a table at point.
26409 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26410 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26411 the table specific features.
26413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26415 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26418 \(fn)" t nil)
26420 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26421 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26422 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26423 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26424 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26425 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26426 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26428 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26430 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26433 \(fn)" t nil)
26435 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26436 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26437 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26438 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26439 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26440 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26441 specified.
26443 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26445 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26446 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26447 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26448 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26449 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26450 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26451 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26452 table structure.
26454 \(fn N)" t nil)
26456 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26457 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26458 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26459 table's rectangle structure.
26461 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26463 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26464 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26465 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26466 table's rectangle structure.
26468 \(fn N)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26471 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26472 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26473 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26474 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26476 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26478 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26482 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26483 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26484 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26485 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26486 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26487 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26488 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26490 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26491 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26492 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26493 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26494 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26495 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26496 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26498 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26499 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26500 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26501 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26502 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26503 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26504 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26505 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26507 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26509 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26510 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26511 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26512 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26516 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26517 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26518 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26520 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26522 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26523 Split current cell vertically.
26524 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26526 \(fn)" t nil)
26528 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26529 Split current cell horizontally.
26530 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26532 \(fn)" t nil)
26534 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26535 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26536 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26538 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26540 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26541 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26542 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26543 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26545 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26547 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26548 Justify cell contents.
26549 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26550 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26551 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26552 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26554 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26556 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26557 Justify cells of a row.
26558 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26559 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26561 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26563 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26564 Justify cells of a column.
26565 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26566 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26568 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26570 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26571 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26572 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26573 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26574 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26575 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26576 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26578 run-time.
26580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26582 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26583 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26584 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26585 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26586 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26587 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26588 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26589 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26590 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26591 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26592 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26594 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26596 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26597 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26598 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26599 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26600 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26601 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26602 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26603 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26604 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26605 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26606 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26607 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26608 untouched.
26610 References used for this implementation:
26612 HTML:
26613 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26615 LaTeX:
26616 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26618 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26619 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26620 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26622 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26624 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26625 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26626 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26627 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26628 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26629 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26630 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26631 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26632 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26633 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26634 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26635 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26636 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26637 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26638 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26639 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26640 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26642 Example:
26644 (progn
26645 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26646 (table-forward-cell 15)
26648 (table-forward-cell 16)
26650 (table-forward-cell 1)
26653 (progn
26654 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26656 (table-forward-cell 1)
26659 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26661 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26662 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26663 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26664 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26665 consists from cells of same height.
26667 \(fn N)" t nil)
26669 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26670 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26671 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26672 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26673 column must consists from cells of same width.
26675 \(fn N)" t nil)
26677 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26678 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26679 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26680 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26681 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26682 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26683 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26684 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26685 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26686 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26687 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26688 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26689 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26690 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26691 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26694 Example 1:
26696 1, 2, 3, 4
26697 5, 6, 7, 8
26698 , 9, 10
26700 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26702 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26703 specified as 5.
26705 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26706 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26707 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26708 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26709 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26710 | | 9 | 10 | |
26711 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26713 Note:
26717 of each row is optional.
26720 Example 2:
26722 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26723 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26724 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26725 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26726 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26728 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26729 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26731 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26732 expression and raw delimiter regular
26733 expression, it parses the specified text
26734 area and extracts cell items from
26735 non-table text and then forms a table out
26736 of them.
26738 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26739 creates a single cell table. The text in
26740 the specified region is placed in that
26741 cell.-*-
26743 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26744 like this.
26746 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26747 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26748 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26749 | |
26750 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26751 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26752 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26753 | area and extracts cell items from |
26754 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26755 | of them. |
26756 | |
26757 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26758 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26759 | the specified region is placed in that |
26760 | cell. |
26761 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26763 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26764 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26765 independently.
26767 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26768 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26769 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26770 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26771 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26772 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26773 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26774 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26775 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26776 | |of them. |
26777 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26778 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26779 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26780 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26781 | |cell. |
26782 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26784 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26785 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26786 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26788 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26790 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26791 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26792 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26793 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26794 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26796 \(fn)" t nil)
26798 ;;;***
26799 \f
26800 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20709 26818
26801 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26802 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26804 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26805 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26807 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26809 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26810 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26812 \(fn)" t nil)
26814 ;;;***
26815 \f
26816 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20874 65222
26817 ;;;;;; 672942 464000))
26818 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26820 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26821 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26822 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26823 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26824 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26825 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26826 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26828 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26830 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26831 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26833 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26836 \(fn)" t nil)
26838 ;;;***
26839 \f
26840 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26841 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978 0))
26842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26844 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26845 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26846 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26847 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26848 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26849 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26851 Variables controlling indentation style:
26852 `tcl-indent-level'
26853 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26854 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26855 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26857 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26858 documentation for details):
26859 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26860 Controls action of TAB key.
26861 `tcl-auto-newline'
26862 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26863 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26864 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26865 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26866 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26868 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26869 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26870 already exist.
26872 \(fn)" t nil)
26874 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26875 Run inferior Tcl process.
26876 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26877 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26879 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26881 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26882 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26883 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26885 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26887 ;;;***
26888 \f
26889 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818
26890 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26891 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26893 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26894 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26895 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26898 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26899 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26900 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26901 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26902 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26904 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26906 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26907 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26908 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26909 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26911 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26913 ;;;***
26914 \f
26915 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26916 ;;;;;; (20878 6823 881439 0))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26919 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26920 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26921 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26922 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26923 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26924 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26926 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26928 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26929 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26930 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26931 commands to use in that buffer.
26935 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26937 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26938 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26940 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26942 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26943 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26944 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26947 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26948 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26949 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26950 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26951 use in that buffer.
26954 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26956 ;;;***
26957 \f
26958 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26959 ;;;;;; (20878 6823 881439 0))
26960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26962 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26963 Start coverage on function under point.
26965 \(fn)" t nil)
26967 ;;;***
26968 \f
26969 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006
26970 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
26971 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26973 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26974 Play the Tetris game.
26975 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26976 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26977 as to form complete rows.
26979 tetris-mode keybindings:
26990 \(fn)" t nil)
26992 ;;;***
26993 \f
26994 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26995 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26996 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26997 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26998 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26999 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27000 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27001 ;;;;;; (20774 53405 754743 8000))
27002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27004 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27005 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27007 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27009 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27010 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27011 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27017 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27018 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27019 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27020 if it matches the first line of the file,
27021 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27023 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27025 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27026 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27027 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27028 if the variable is non-nil.")
27030 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27032 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27035 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27037 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27038 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27039 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27040 See the documentation of that variable.")
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27044 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27045 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27046 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27047 See the documentation of that variable.")
27049 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27051 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27052 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27053 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27054 See the documentation of that variable.")
27056 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27058 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27059 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27060 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27061 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27062 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27064 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27067 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27068 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27069 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27071 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27073 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27074 User defined LaTeX block names.
27075 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27077 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27079 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27080 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27081 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27082 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27084 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27086 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27088 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27089 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27091 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27093 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27095 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27096 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27098 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27099 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27100 for example,
27102 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27106 use.")
27108 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27110 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27112 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27113 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27114 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27116 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27118 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27120 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27124 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27126 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27127 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27128 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27129 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27130 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27132 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27134 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27137 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27139 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27142 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27144 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27145 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27146 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27147 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27148 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27149 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27150 says which mode to use.
27152 \(fn)" t nil)
27154 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27156 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27158 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27160 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27161 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27162 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27167 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27175 mismatched $'s or braces.
27177 Special commands:
27180 Mode variables:
27181 tex-run-command
27183 tex-directory
27184 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27186 tex-dvi-print-command
27188 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27190 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27191 tex-dvi-view-command
27193 tex-show-queue-command
27197 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27198 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27199 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27201 \(fn)" t nil)
27203 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27204 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27205 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27218 mismatched $'s or braces.
27220 Special commands:
27223 Mode variables:
27224 latex-run-command
27226 tex-directory
27227 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27229 tex-dvi-print-command
27231 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27233 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27234 tex-dvi-view-command
27236 tex-show-queue-command
27240 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27241 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27242 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27244 \(fn)" t nil)
27246 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27247 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27248 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27261 mismatched $'s or braces.
27263 Special commands:
27266 Mode variables:
27267 slitex-run-command
27269 tex-directory
27270 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27272 tex-dvi-print-command
27274 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27276 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27277 tex-dvi-view-command
27279 tex-show-queue-command
27283 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27284 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27285 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27286 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27288 \(fn)" t nil)
27290 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27293 \(fn)" nil nil)
27295 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27296 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27298 \(fn)" t nil)
27300 ;;;***
27301 \f
27302 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27303 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27304 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27306 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27307 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27308 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27309 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27311 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27312 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27313 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27315 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27317 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27318 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27319 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27321 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27323 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27325 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27326 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27327 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27328 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27330 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27331 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27332 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27333 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27335 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27336 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27338 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27340 ;;;***
27341 \f
27342 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27343 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27346 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27349 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27351 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27354 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27356 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27357 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27359 It has these extra commands:
27362 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27364 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27365 modified version of TeX input format.
27367 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27368 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27369 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27373 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27374 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27375 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27376 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27378 in the Texinfo file.
27380 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27381 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27382 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27384 move forward past the closing brace.
27386 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27387 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27389 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27390 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27391 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27393 Here are the functions:
27397 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27401 texinfo-master-menu
27403 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27405 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27406 which menu descriptions are indented.
27408 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27409 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27410 in the region.
27412 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27413 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27414 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27415 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27417 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27418 be the first node in the file.
27420 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27421 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27423 \(fn)" t nil)
27425 ;;;***
27426 \f
27427 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27428 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27429 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27430 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27432 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27433 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27434 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27435 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27437 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27439 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27440 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27442 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27444 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27445 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27447 \(fn)" t nil)
27449 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27452 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27454 ;;;***
27455 \f
27456 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27457 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27458 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20874 62962 290468 0))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27461 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27462 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27463 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27464 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27465 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27466 `line', and `page'.
27468 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27470 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27471 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27472 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27473 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27474 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27475 `line', and `page'.
27477 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27478 valid THING.
27480 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27481 positions of the thing found.
27483 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27485 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27486 Return the THING at point.
27487 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27488 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27489 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27490 `line', `number', and `page'.
27492 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27493 strip text properties from the return value.
27495 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27496 a symbol as a valid THING.
27498 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27500 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27501 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27503 \(fn)" nil nil)
27505 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27506 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27508 \(fn)" nil nil)
27510 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27511 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27513 \(fn)" nil nil)
27515 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27516 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27518 \(fn)" nil nil)
27520 ;;;***
27521 \f
27522 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27523 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27524 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27525 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27527 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27528 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27530 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27532 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27533 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27534 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27535 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27537 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27539 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27540 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27542 \(fn)" t nil)
27544 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27545 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27547 \(fn)" t nil)
27549 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27551 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27552 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27554 \(fn)" t nil)
27556 ;;;***
27557 \f
27558 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27559 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27560 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27561 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27562 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27563 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
27564 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27566 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27567 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27568 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27570 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27572 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27573 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27575 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27577 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27578 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27579 The returned string has no composition information.
27581 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27583 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27584 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27586 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27588 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27589 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27591 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27593 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27594 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27595 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27596 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27600 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27601 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27602 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27603 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27605 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27607 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27608 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27609 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27611 \(fn)" t nil)
27613 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27614 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27615 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27617 \(fn)" t nil)
27619 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27622 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27624 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27627 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27629 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27632 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27634 ;;;***
27635 \f
27636 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27637 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
27638 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27640 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27641 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27642 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27643 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27644 parameters.
27645 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27647 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27649 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27650 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27651 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27652 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27653 parameters.
27654 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27658 ;;;***
27659 \f
27660 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27661 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27662 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27665 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27668 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27669 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27671 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27672 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27673 This display updates automatically every minute.
27674 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27675 are displayed as well.
27676 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27678 \(fn)" t nil)
27680 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27681 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27682 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27685 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27687 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27689 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27690 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27692 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27693 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27695 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27696 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27697 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27698 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27699 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27703 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27704 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27705 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27706 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27708 \(fn)" t nil)
27710 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27711 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27712 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27715 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27717 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27718 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27720 \(fn)" t nil)
27722 ;;;***
27723 \f
27724 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27725 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27726 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27727 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27728 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27731 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27732 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27733 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27735 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27736 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27737 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27738 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27739 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27740 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27742 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27743 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27745 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27747 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27748 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27750 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27752 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27753 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27755 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27757 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27758 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27759 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27761 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27763 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27765 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27766 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27767 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27769 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27771 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27772 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27774 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27776 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27777 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27778 DATE should be a date-time string.
27780 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27782 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27783 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27784 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27786 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27788 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27789 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27791 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27793 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27794 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27796 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27798 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27799 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27800 TIME should be a time value.
27801 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27803 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27805 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27806 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27807 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27809 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27811 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27812 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27813 The valid format specifiers are:
27814 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27815 %d is the number of days.
27816 %h is the number of hours.
27817 %m is the number of minutes.
27818 %s is the number of seconds.
27819 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27823 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27831 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27833 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27835 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27837 ;;;***
27838 \f
27839 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27840 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27841 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27842 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27843 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27844 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27845 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27846 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27847 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27848 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27849 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27851 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27852 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27853 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27854 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27855 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27856 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27857 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27858 look like one of the following:
27859 Time-stamp: <>
27861 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27862 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27863 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27864 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27865 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27866 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27867 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27868 the template.
27870 \(fn)" t nil)
27872 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27874 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27878 ;;;***
27879 \f
27880 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27881 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27882 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27883 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27884 ;;;;;; (20799 169 640767 0))
27885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27887 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27888 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27889 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27890 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27891 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27892 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27893 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27894 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27895 display (non-nil means on).
27897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27899 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27900 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27901 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27902 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27903 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27904 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27905 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27906 this function is called within a day.
27908 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27909 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27910 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27911 discover the name of the project.
27913 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27915 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27916 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27917 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27918 begun during the last time segment.
27920 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27921 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27922 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27923 discover the reason.
27925 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27927 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27928 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27929 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27930 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27931 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27933 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27935 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27936 Change to working on a different project.
27937 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27938 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27939 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27940 working on.
27942 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27944 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27945 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27946 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27948 \(fn)" nil nil)
27950 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27951 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27952 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27954 \(fn)" t nil)
27956 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27957 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27958 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27959 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27960 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27963 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27965 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27966 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27967 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27968 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27970 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27972 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27973 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27974 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27975 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27976 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27977 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27979 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27981 ;;;***
27982 \f
27983 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27984 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27985 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27987 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27988 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27989 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27990 the generated Quail package is saved.
27992 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27994 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27995 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27996 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27997 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28002 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28004 ;;;***
28005 \f
28006 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28007 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
28008 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28009 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28010 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28012 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28013 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28014 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28015 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28016 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28018 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28020 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28021 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28022 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28023 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28024 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28026 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28028 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28029 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28030 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28031 in the menu in two ways:
28032 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28033 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28034 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28036 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28037 keymap or an alist of alists.
28038 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28039 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28041 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28043 ;;;***
28044 \f
28045 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28046 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28047 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28050 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28051 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28053 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28055 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28056 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28058 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28060 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28061 Insert new TODO list entry.
28062 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28063 category.
28065 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28067 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28068 List top priorities for each category.
28070 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28071 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28073 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28074 between each category.
28075 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28077 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28079 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28080 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28081 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28082 between each category.
28084 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28086 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28088 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28089 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28091 \(fn)" t nil)
28093 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28094 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28096 \(fn)" nil nil)
28098 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28099 Show TODO list.
28101 \(fn)" t nil)
28103 ;;;***
28104 \f
28105 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28106 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28107 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28108 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28110 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28111 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28112 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28116 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28117 Add an item to the tool bar.
28118 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28119 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28120 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28121 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28123 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28124 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28125 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28126 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28128 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28129 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28131 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28133 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28134 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28135 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28136 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28137 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28138 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28140 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28141 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28142 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28143 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28145 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28147 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28148 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28149 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28150 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28151 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28152 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28153 properties to add to the binding.
28155 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28157 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28158 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28160 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28162 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28163 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28164 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28165 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28166 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28167 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28168 properties to add to the binding.
28170 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28171 holds a keymap.
28173 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28178 ;;;;;; (20884 7264 412929 442000))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28181 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28182 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28183 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28185 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28186 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28188 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28190 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28191 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28193 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28194 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28198 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28200 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28201 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28203 \(fn)" t nil)
28205 ;;;***
28206 \f
28207 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28208 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28211 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28212 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28214 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28215 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28216 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28217 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28218 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28220 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28221 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28222 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28223 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28224 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28227 (tpu-edt)
28229 Known Problems:
28231 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28232 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28233 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28234 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28235 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28236 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28238 \(fn)" t nil)
28240 ;;;***
28241 \f
28242 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20709 26818
28243 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28246 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28247 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28248 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28249 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28250 to a tcp server on another machine.
28252 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28254 ;;;***
28255 \f
28256 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function-foreground
28257 ;;;;;; trace-values trace-buffer) "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el"
28258 ;;;;;; (20903 10024 645978 0))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28261 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28262 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28264 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28266 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28267 Helper function to get internal values.
28268 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28270 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28272 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28273 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28274 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28275 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28276 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28277 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28278 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28279 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28281 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28283 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28285 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28286 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28287 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28288 changing the window configuration.
28290 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28292 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28294 ;;;***
28295 \f
28296 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28297 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28298 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28299 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20854 24486 190633 0))
28300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28302 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28303 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28304 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28306 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28308 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28309 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28311 It can have the following values:
28313 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28314 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28315 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28317 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28319 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28320 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28321 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28322 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28324 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28327 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28328 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28329 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28332 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28333 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28335 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28336 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28337 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28338 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28339 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28340 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28341 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28342 files which are not really Tramp files.
28344 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28345 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28346 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28347 updated after changing this variable.
28349 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28351 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28352 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28353 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28354 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28356 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28359 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28360 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28361 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28363 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28364 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28365 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28367 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28368 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28369 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28371 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28372 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28373 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28374 updated after changing this variable.
28376 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28378 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28379 Alist of completion handler functions.
28380 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28381 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28382 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28384 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28385 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28386 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28387 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28389 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28390 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28391 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28392 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28394 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28395 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28396 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28398 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28400 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28401 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28402 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28404 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28405 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28407 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28409 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28412 \(fn)" nil nil)
28414 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28415 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28417 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28419 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28420 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28422 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28424 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28425 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28427 \(fn)" t nil)
28429 ;;;***
28430 \f
28431 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28432 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28435 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28438 \(fn)" nil nil)
28440 ;;;***
28441 \f
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20760
28443 ;;;;;; 54070 584283 0))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28446 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28447 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28448 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28449 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28450 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28451 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28452 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28453 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28455 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28456 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28457 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28459 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28460 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28461 resumed later.
28463 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28465 ;;;***
28466 \f
28467 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28468 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28471 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28474 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28476 ;;;***
28477 \f
28478 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28479 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28481 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28482 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28483 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28485 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28486 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28489 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28490 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28491 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28495 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28496 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28497 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28498 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28502 \(fn)" t nil)
28504 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28505 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28506 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28507 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28508 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28509 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28510 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28512 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28513 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28515 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28522 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28524 ;;;***
28525 \f
28526 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28527 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28528 ;;;;;; (20884 7264 912957 506000))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28531 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28532 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28533 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28536 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28538 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28540 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28541 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28542 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28544 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28545 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28546 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28547 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28548 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28549 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28550 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28552 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28553 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28555 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28556 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28557 reset the keystroke counter.
28559 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28560 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28561 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28562 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28564 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28565 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28566 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28567 `type-break-schedule' command.
28569 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28570 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28571 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28572 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28573 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28574 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28575 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28576 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28577 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28579 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28580 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28581 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28582 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28583 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28585 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28586 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28587 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28588 approximate good values for this.
28590 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28591 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28593 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28594 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28595 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28596 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28597 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28598 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28600 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28601 a typing break occur. They include:
28603 `type-break-query-mode'
28604 `type-break-query-function'
28605 `type-break-query-interval'
28607 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28609 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28610 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28611 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28612 problems.
28614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28616 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28617 Take a typing break.
28619 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28620 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28622 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28623 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28625 \(fn)" t nil)
28627 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28628 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28629 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28630 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28632 \(fn)" t nil)
28634 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28635 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28637 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28638 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28639 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28640 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28641 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28642 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28643 average typing speed.)
28645 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28646 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28647 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28648 the computed maximum threshold.
28650 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28651 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28652 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28653 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28654 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28656 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28658 ;;;***
28659 \f
28660 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20709 26818
28661 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28664 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28665 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28666 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28667 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28668 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28670 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28672 ;;;***
28673 \f
28674 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28675 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28676 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28677 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28678 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28679 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28682 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28683 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28687 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28688 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28690 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28692 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28693 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28695 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28697 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28698 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28700 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28702 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28703 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28705 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28707 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28708 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28710 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28712 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28713 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28715 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28717 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28718 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28720 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28722 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28723 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28725 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28727 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28728 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28730 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28732 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28733 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28735 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28737 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28738 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28740 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28742 ;;;***
28743 \f
28744 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28745 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28748 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28749 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28750 Works by overstriking underscores.
28751 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28752 which specify the range to operate on.
28754 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28756 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28757 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28758 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28759 which specify the range to operate on.
28761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28763 ;;;***
28764 \f
28765 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28766 ;;;;;; (20895 15912 444844 0))
28767 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28769 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28770 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28771 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28772 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28773 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28774 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28776 \(fn)" nil nil)
28778 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28779 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28780 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28782 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28784 ;;;***
28785 \f
28786 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709
28787 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28790 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28791 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28792 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28793 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28795 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28797 ;;;***
28798 \f
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28800 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28803 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28804 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28805 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28806 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28807 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28809 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28810 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28811 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28812 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28813 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28814 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28816 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28817 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28818 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28820 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28821 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28822 the callback is not called).
28824 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28825 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28826 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28827 take effect.
28829 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28830 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28831 the server.
28832 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28833 URL-encoded before it's used.
28835 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28837 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28838 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28839 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28840 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28841 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28843 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28845 ;;;***
28846 \f
28847 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28848 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28851 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28852 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28853 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28855 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28856 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28857 `url-generic-parse-url'
28858 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28859 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28860 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28861 realm
28862 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28863 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28864 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28865 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28866 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28867 what type of auth to use
28868 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28869 if one cannot be found in the cache
28871 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28873 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28874 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28876 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28877 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28878 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28879 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28880 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28881 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28882 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28883 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28885 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28887 ;;;***
28888 \f
28889 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28890 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094 700824 0))
28891 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28893 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28894 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28896 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28898 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28899 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28900 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28904 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28905 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28907 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28909 ;;;***
28910 \f
28911 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818
28912 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28915 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28918 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28920 ;;;***
28921 \f
28922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28923 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28926 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28927 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28928 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28932 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28933 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28934 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28935 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28937 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28938 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28939 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28940 though.
28942 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28944 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28945 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28946 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28948 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28950 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28953 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28955 ;;;***
28956 \f
28957 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709
28958 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28961 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28962 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28964 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28966 ;;;***
28967 \f
28968 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28969 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28972 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28973 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28975 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28977 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28978 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28979 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28980 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28981 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28983 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28985 ;;;***
28986 \f
28987 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28988 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28989 ;;;;;; (20892 39729 858825 0))
28990 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28992 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28993 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28994 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28995 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28996 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28997 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28999 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29001 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29002 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29003 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29004 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29005 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29009 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29010 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29011 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29012 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29014 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29016 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29017 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29018 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29019 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29020 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29021 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29022 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29023 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29024 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29025 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29027 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29029 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29030 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29031 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29032 accessible.
29034 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29039 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29041 ;;;***
29042 \f
29043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20766 59628 334727
29044 ;;;;;; 618000))
29045 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29046 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29048 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29049 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29050 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29051 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29052 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29054 ;;;***
29055 \f
29056 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818
29057 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29058 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29060 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29063 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29065 ;;;***
29066 \f
29067 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709
29068 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29071 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29072 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29073 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29074 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29075 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29077 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29079 ;;;***
29080 \f
29081 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29082 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29083 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29085 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29088 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29090 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29091 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29093 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29095 ;;;***
29096 \f
29097 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29098 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20709 26818 907104
29099 ;;;;;; 0))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29102 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29103 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29105 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29107 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29108 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29110 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29115 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29117 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29119 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29121 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29123 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29124 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29126 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29128 ;;;***
29129 \f
29130 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29131 ;;;;;; (20884 7264 912957 506000))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29134 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29137 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29139 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29142 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29144 ;;;***
29145 \f
29146 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29147 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29148 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29149 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29151 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29154 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29156 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29159 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29164 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29166 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29169 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29171 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29174 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29176 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29179 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29181 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29184 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29186 ;;;***
29187 \f
29188 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29189 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29190 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29192 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29193 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29195 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29197 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29198 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29199 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29201 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29202 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29203 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29204 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29205 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29206 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29207 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29208 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29209 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29210 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29211 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29212 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29213 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29216 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29217 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29218 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29220 Here is an example. The URL
29222 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29224 parses to
29230 PORTSPEC = 42
29233 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29234 FULLNESS = t
29236 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29238 ;;;***
29239 \f
29240 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29241 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29242 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29244 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29245 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29247 \(fn)" t nil)
29249 ;;;***
29250 \f
29251 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29252 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29253 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29255 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29256 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29257 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29258 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29259 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29260 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29262 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29264 ;;;***
29265 \f
29266 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29267 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29268 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29269 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29270 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29271 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29272 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20709
29273 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
29274 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29276 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29277 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29278 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29280 If t, all messages will be logged.
29281 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29282 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29284 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29286 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29289 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29291 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29294 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29296 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29297 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29299 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29300 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29301 & ==> &
29302 < ==> <
29303 > ==> >
29306 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29308 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29309 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29310 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29312 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29314 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29315 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29316 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29318 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29320 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29321 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29323 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29325 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29326 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29328 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29330 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29331 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29333 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29335 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29338 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29340 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29343 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29345 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29348 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29350 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29352 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29353 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29355 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29357 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29358 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29360 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29362 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29365 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29367 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29368 Build a query-string.
29370 Given a QUERY in the form:
29371 '((key1 val1)
29372 (key2 val2)
29373 (key3 val1 val2)
29374 (key4)
29377 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29379 This will return a string
29381 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29382 be used.
29389 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29391 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29392 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29393 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29394 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29395 forbidden in URL encoding.
29397 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29399 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29400 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29401 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29402 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29403 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29406 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29407 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29408 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29409 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29411 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29413 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29414 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29415 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29416 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29417 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29418 should return it unchanged.
29420 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29422 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29423 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29424 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29425 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29427 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29429 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29430 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29431 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29433 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29435 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29436 View the current document's URL.
29437 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29438 the minibuffer.
29440 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29442 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29444 ;;;***
29445 \f
29446 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29447 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29450 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29451 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29452 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29453 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29454 to refrain from editing the file
29455 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29456 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29457 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29458 in any way you like.
29460 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29462 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29463 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29464 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29465 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29466 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29468 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29469 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29471 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29473 ;;;***
29474 \f
29475 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29476 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29477 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29480 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29483 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29485 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29488 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29490 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29493 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29495 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29498 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29500 ;;;***
29501 \f
29502 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657
29503 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
29504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29506 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29507 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29509 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29511 ;;;***
29512 \f
29513 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29514 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29515 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29516 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29518 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29519 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29520 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29521 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29523 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29525 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29526 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29527 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29529 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29531 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29532 Uudecode region between START and END.
29533 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29535 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29537 ;;;***
29538 \f
29539 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29540 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29541 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29542 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29543 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29544 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29545 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20855
29546 ;;;;;; 45357 683214 0))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29549 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29550 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29551 See `run-hooks'.")
29553 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29555 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29556 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29557 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29559 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29561 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29562 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29563 See `run-hooks'.")
29565 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29567 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29568 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29569 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29570 same state. If not, signal an error.
29572 For merging-based version control systems:
29573 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29574 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29575 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29576 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29577 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29578 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29580 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29581 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29582 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29583 the file(s) for editing.
29584 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29585 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29586 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29587 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29588 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29589 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29591 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29593 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29594 Register into a version control system.
29595 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29596 Otherwise register the current file.
29597 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29598 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29600 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29601 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29602 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29603 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29604 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29605 first backend that could register the file is used.
29607 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29609 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29610 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29612 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29614 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29615 Display diffs between file revisions.
29616 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29617 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29618 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29620 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29621 saving the buffer.
29623 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29625 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29626 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29627 repository history using ediff.
29629 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29631 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29632 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29633 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29634 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29635 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29637 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29638 saving the buffer.
29640 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29642 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29643 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29644 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29645 fileset with the working revision.
29646 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29647 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29649 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29650 saving the buffer.
29652 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29654 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29655 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29656 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29657 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29659 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29661 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29662 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29663 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29664 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29666 \(fn)" t nil)
29668 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29669 Perform a version control merge operation.
29670 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29672 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29673 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29675 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29676 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29677 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29678 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29679 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29680 changes from the current branch.
29682 \(fn)" t nil)
29684 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29686 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29687 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29688 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29689 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29690 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29691 checked out in that new branch.
29693 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29695 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29696 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29697 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29698 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29699 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29700 allowed and simply skipped).
29702 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29704 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29705 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29706 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29707 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29708 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29710 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29711 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29713 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29715 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29716 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29717 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29718 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29719 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29721 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29723 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29724 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29725 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29727 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29729 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29730 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29731 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29733 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29735 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29736 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29737 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29738 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29740 \(fn)" t nil)
29742 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29743 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29744 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29745 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29747 \(fn)" t nil)
29749 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29751 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29752 Update the current fileset or branch.
29753 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29755 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29756 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29758 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29759 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29760 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29761 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29762 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29766 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29768 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29769 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29770 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29771 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29772 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29773 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29774 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29776 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29778 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29779 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29780 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29781 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29782 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29783 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29784 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29785 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29786 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29788 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29790 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29791 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29792 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29793 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29795 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29797 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29798 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29799 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29800 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29802 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29804 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29805 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29806 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29807 directory.
29809 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29811 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29812 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29813 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29815 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29816 log entries should be gathered.
29818 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29820 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29821 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29823 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29825 ;;;***
29826 \f
29827 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29828 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29829 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29831 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29832 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29834 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29835 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29836 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29837 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29838 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29839 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29841 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29842 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29843 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29844 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29845 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29846 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29847 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29848 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29850 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29852 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29854 Customization variables:
29856 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29857 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29858 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29859 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29861 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29863 ;;;***
29864 \f
29865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20900 33838 319219
29866 ;;;;;; 0))
29867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29868 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29869 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29870 (progn
29871 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29872 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29874 ;;;***
29875 \f
29876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20900 33838 319219
29877 ;;;;;; 0))
29878 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29880 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29881 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29883 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29884 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29885 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29886 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29887 (progn
29888 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29889 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29891 ;;;***
29892 \f
29893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20900 33838 319219
29894 ;;;;;; 0))
29895 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29896 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29897 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29898 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29899 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29900 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29901 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29903 ;;;***
29904 \f
29905 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20900 33838 319219
29906 ;;;;;; 0))
29907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29909 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29911 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29912 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29913 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29915 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29916 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29917 The file lines appear later.
29919 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29920 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29922 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29926 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29928 ;;;***
29929 \f
29930 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29931 ;;;;;; (20851 48294 960738 0))
29932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29934 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29935 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29936 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29937 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29938 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29939 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29940 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29941 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29942 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29943 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29944 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29945 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29946 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29947 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29948 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29950 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29952 ;;;***
29953 \f
29954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20900 33838 319219
29955 ;;;;;; 0))
29956 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29957 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29958 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29959 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29960 (progn
29961 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29962 (vc-git-registered file))))
29964 ;;;***
29965 \f
29966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
29967 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29968 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29969 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29970 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29971 (progn
29972 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29973 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29975 ;;;***
29976 \f
29977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20900 33838 319219
29978 ;;;;;; 0))
29979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29981 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29982 Name of the monotone directory.")
29984 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29985 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29986 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29987 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29988 (progn
29989 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29990 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29992 ;;;***
29993 \f
29994 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29995 ;;;;;; (20900 33838 319219 0))
29996 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29998 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29999 Where to look for RCS master files.
30000 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30002 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30004 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30006 ;;;***
30007 \f
30008 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30009 ;;;;;; (20900 33838 319219 0))
30010 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30012 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30013 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30014 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30016 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30018 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30020 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30021 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30022 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30023 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30025 ;;;***
30026 \f
30027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20900 33838 319219
30028 ;;;;;; 0))
30029 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30030 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30031 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30032 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30033 "_svn")
30034 (t ".svn"))))
30035 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30036 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30037 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30039 ;;;***
30040 \f
30041 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30042 ;;;;;; (20893 60586 188550 0))
30043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30046 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30047 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30049 Usage:
30050 ------
30052 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30053 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30055 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30057 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30058 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30059 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30060 completions.
30062 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30063 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30065 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30066 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30068 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30069 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30070 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30072 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30075 Maintenance:
30076 ------------
30078 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30079 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30081 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30083 Official distribution is at
30084 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30087 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30088 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30090 Key bindings:
30091 -------------
30095 \(fn)" t nil)
30097 ;;;***
30098 \f
30099 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30100 ;;;;;; (20885 2819 449152 0))
30101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30103 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30104 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30107 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30111 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30112 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30114 Supports highlighting.
30116 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30117 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30119 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30121 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30122 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30123 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30124 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30125 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30126 on the left side of your screen.
30127 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30128 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30129 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30130 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30131 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30132 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30133 function keyword.
30134 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30135 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30136 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30137 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30138 if (a)
30139 begin
30140 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30141 Indentation for case statements.
30142 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30143 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30144 mark after an end.
30145 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30146 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30147 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30148 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30149 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30150 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30151 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30152 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30153 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30154 if (a)
30155 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30156 otherwise you get:
30157 if (a)
30158 begin
30159 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30160 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30161 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30162 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30163 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30164 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30165 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30166 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30167 comments in tight quarters.
30168 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30169 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30171 Variables controlling other actions:
30173 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30174 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30179 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30185 Some other functions are:
30214 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30215 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30227 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30230 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30234 \(fn)" t nil)
30236 ;;;***
30237 \f
30238 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30239 ;;;;;; (20892 39729 858825 0))
30240 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30242 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30243 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30245 Usage:
30246 ------
30248 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30249 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30250 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30251 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30252 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30253 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30254 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30255 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30256 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30258 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30259 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30260 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30261 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30263 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30264 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30265 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30266 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30267 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30269 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30270 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30273 HEADER INSERTION:
30274 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30275 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30276 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30279 STUTTERING:
30280 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30281 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30282 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30283 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30292 WORD COMPLETION:
30293 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30294 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30295 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30296 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30298 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30299 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30300 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30304 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30305 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30306 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30307 stop.
30310 COMMENTS:
30311 `--' puts a single comment.
30312 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30313 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30314 with a comment in between.
30315 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30316 out following lines.
30317 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30318 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30319 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30320 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30322 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30323 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30324 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30325 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30326 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30327 non-nil.
30329 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30330 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30331 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30332 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30333 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30334 multi-line comments.
30337 INDENTATION:
30338 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30339 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30340 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30341 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30342 the entire region.
30344 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30346 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30347 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30349 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30350 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30351 and vice versa.
30353 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30354 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30356 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30357 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30358 line.
30361 ALIGNMENT:
30362 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30363 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30364 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30365 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30366 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30367 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30368 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30369 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30371 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30372 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30373 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30374 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30375 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30376 is non-nil.
30378 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30379 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30380 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30382 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30383 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30386 CODE FILLING:
30387 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30388 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30389 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30390 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30391 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30392 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30395 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30396 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30397 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30398 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30399 command:
30401 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30404 PORT TRANSLATION:
30405 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30406 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30407 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30408 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30409 internal signal initializations (menu).
30411 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30412 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30413 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30415 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30416 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30417 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30418 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30419 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30420 in subsequent paste operations.)
30422 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30423 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30424 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30427 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30428 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30429 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30430 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30431 association list with formals).
30434 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30435 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30436 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30437 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30438 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30439 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30440 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30441 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30442 `vhdl-testbench'.
30445 KEY BINDINGS:
30446 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30449 VHDL MENU:
30450 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30453 FILE BROWSER:
30454 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30455 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30456 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30458 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30459 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30462 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30463 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30464 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30465 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30467 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30468 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30469 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30471 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30472 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30473 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30476 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30477 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30478 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30479 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30480 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30482 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30483 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30484 required by secondary units.
30487 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30488 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30489 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30490 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30491 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30492 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30493 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30494 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30495 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30496 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30497 inputs to this component -> input port created
30498 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30499 outputs from this component -> output port created
30500 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30501 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30503 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30504 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30505 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30506 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30507 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30509 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30510 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30512 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30513 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30514 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30515 component instantiation is also supported (option
30516 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30518 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30519 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30520 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30521 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30522 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30523 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30524 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30525 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30526 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30527 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30528 generating the configuration.
30530 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30531 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30532 configurations in speedbar.
30534 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30537 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30538 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30539 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30540 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30541 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30542 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30543 information. New compilers can be added.
30545 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30546 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30549 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30550 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30551 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30552 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30553 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30555 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30556 command:
30558 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30559 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30560 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30564 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30565 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30566 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30567 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30568 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30569 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30570 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30572 Limitations:
30573 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30574 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30575 not (yet) supported.
30576 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30577 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30581 PROJECTS:
30582 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30583 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30584 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30585 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30586 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30587 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30588 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30589 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30591 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30592 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30593 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30596 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30597 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30598 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30599 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30600 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30601 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30604 SPECIAL MENUES:
30605 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30606 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30608 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30609 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30610 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30611 current directory for VHDL source files.
30614 VHDL STANDARDS:
30615 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30616 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30619 KEYWORD CASE:
30620 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30621 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30622 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30623 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30624 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30625 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30626 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30627 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30630 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30631 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30632 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30633 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30634 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30635 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30636 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30638 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30639 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30640 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30641 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30642 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30643 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30645 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30646 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30647 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30648 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30649 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30650 visually.
30652 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30653 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30654 highlighted if written in lower case.
30657 highlighted using a different background color if option
30658 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30660 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30661 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30662 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30663 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30664 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30667 USER MODELS:
30668 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30669 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30670 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30673 HIDE/SHOW:
30674 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30675 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30676 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30677 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30678 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30681 CODE UPDATING:
30682 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30683 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30684 Limitations:
30685 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30686 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30687 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30688 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30689 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30690 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30691 (used to obtain the port names).
30692 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30693 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30694 sensitivity lists.
30697 CODE FIXING:
30698 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30699 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30702 PRINTING:
30703 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30704 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30705 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30706 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30707 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30708 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30709 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30710 printers.
30713 OPTIONS:
30714 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30716 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30717 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30720 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30722 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30723 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30724 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30725 INSTALL file).
30727 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30728 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30731 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30733 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30739 HINTS:
30740 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30741 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30743 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30745 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30747 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30750 RELEASE NOTES:
30751 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30754 Maintenance:
30755 ------------
30757 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30758 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30760 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30762 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30763 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30764 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30765 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30767 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30768 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30769 where the latest version can be found.
30772 Known problems:
30773 ---------------
30775 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30776 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30777 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30778 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30781 The VHDL Mode Authors
30782 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30784 Key bindings:
30785 -------------
30789 \(fn)" t nil)
30791 ;;;***
30792 \f
30793 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
30794 ;;;;;; 0))
30795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30797 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30798 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30799 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30802 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30803 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30804 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30805 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30809 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30811 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30813 * Limitations and unsupported features
30814 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30815 not supported.
30816 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30817 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30819 * Modifications
30820 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30821 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30822 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30823 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30824 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30825 for undoing a repeated change command.
30826 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30827 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30828 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30830 * Extensions
30831 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30832 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30833 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30834 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30835 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30836 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30837 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30840 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30842 \(fn)" t nil)
30844 ;;;***
30845 \f
30846 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30847 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30848 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30849 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20826 45095 436233 0))
30850 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30852 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30853 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30855 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30857 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30858 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30859 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30860 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30862 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30864 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30865 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30867 \(fn)" t nil)
30869 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30870 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30871 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30872 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30874 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30876 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30877 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30879 \(fn)" t nil)
30881 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30884 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30886 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30889 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30891 ;;;***
30892 \f
30893 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30894 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30895 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30896 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30897 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20762 9398 526093 0))
30898 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30900 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30901 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30902 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30904 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30906 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30907 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30908 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30909 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30911 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30913 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30914 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30916 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30918 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30919 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30920 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30921 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30922 moving around in the buffer.
30923 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30924 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30926 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30928 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30930 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30931 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30932 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30933 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30935 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30936 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30937 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30938 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30939 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30941 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30943 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30945 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30946 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30947 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30948 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30949 buffer.
30951 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30952 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30953 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30954 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30955 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30957 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30959 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30961 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30962 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30963 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30964 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30965 moving around in the buffer.
30966 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30967 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30969 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30971 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30972 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30973 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30975 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30976 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30977 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30978 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30980 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30981 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30982 own View-like bindings.
30984 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30986 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30987 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30988 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30989 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30990 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30991 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30992 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30994 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30996 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30998 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30999 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31000 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31002 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31003 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31004 own View-like bindings.
31006 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31008 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31009 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31010 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31011 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31012 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31013 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31014 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31016 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31018 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31020 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31021 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31022 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31024 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31025 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31026 own View-like bindings.
31028 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31030 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31031 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31033 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31034 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31036 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31037 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31038 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31039 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31043 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31045 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31048 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31049 to a repeat count of one.
31051 H, h, ? This message.
31052 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31055 > move to the end of buffer.
31058 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31060 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31061 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31062 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31065 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31067 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31068 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31070 Use this to view a changing file.
31074 . set the mark.
31075 x exchanges point and mark.
31077 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31078 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31080 ' go to position saved in character register.
31081 s do forward incremental search.
31082 r do reverse incremental search.
31083 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31084 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31085 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31086 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31089 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31093 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31094 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31096 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31101 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31102 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31111 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31115 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31116 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31117 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31118 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31119 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31120 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31121 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31122 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31123 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31125 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31127 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31129 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31130 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31131 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31132 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31133 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31134 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31136 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31137 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31138 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31140 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31142 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31144 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31146 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31147 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31149 \(fn)" t nil)
31151 ;;;***
31152 \f
31153 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20799
31154 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
31155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31157 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31158 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31160 \(fn)" nil nil)
31162 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31163 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31165 \(fn)" t nil)
31167 ;;;***
31168 \f
31169 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31170 ;;;;;; (20799 169 640767 0))
31171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31173 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31174 Toggle Viper on/off.
31175 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31177 \(fn)" t nil)
31179 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31180 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31182 \(fn)" t nil)
31184 ;;;***
31185 \f
31186 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31187 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31190 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31191 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31192 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31193 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31194 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31195 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31196 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31197 the beginning of the warning.")
31199 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31200 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31201 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31202 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31203 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31204 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31205 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31206 also call that function before the next warning.")
31208 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31209 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31211 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31212 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31213 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31214 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31216 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31217 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31218 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31219 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31220 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31221 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31223 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31224 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31225 Default is :warning.
31227 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31228 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31229 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31230 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31231 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31232 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31234 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31235 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31236 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31238 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31240 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31241 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31243 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31245 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31246 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31247 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31248 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31250 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31251 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31252 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31253 can be whatever you like.)
31255 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31256 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31258 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31259 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31260 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31261 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31262 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31264 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31266 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31267 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31268 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31269 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31270 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31272 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31274 ;;;***
31275 \f
31276 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31277 ;;;;;; (20900 33838 319219 0))
31278 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31280 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31281 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31283 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31284 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31286 directories to reflect your edits.
31288 See `wdired-mode'.
31290 \(fn)" t nil)
31292 ;;;***
31293 \f
31294 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20709 26818
31295 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31298 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31299 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31301 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31302 hotlist.
31304 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31305 <nwv@acm.org>.
31307 \(fn)" t nil)
31309 ;;;***
31310 \f
31311 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31312 ;;;;;; (20895 15912 444844 0))
31313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31314 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31315 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31317 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31319 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31320 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31321 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31323 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31324 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31326 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31328 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31329 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31331 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31332 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31334 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31335 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31336 in certain major modes.
31338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31340 ;;;***
31341 \f
31342 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31343 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31344 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31345 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20874 65007
31346 ;;;;;; 172950 7000))
31347 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31349 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31350 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31352 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31355 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31356 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31360 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31361 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31363 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31364 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31366 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31367 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31368 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31369 use `whitespace-mode'.
31371 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31375 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31376 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31377 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31380 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31382 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31384 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31385 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31387 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31388 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31390 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31391 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31395 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31396 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31397 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31400 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31402 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31404 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31405 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31407 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31408 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31410 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31411 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31412 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31413 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31415 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31419 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31420 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31422 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31423 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31425 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31426 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31428 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31430 CHAR MEANING
31431 (VIA FACES)
31432 f toggle face visualization
31433 t toggle TAB visualization
31434 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31435 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31438 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31439 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31440 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31441 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31442 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31443 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31444 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31445 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31446 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31447 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31448 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31450 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31451 T toggle TAB visualization
31452 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31453 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31455 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31456 ? display brief help
31458 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31459 The valid symbols are:
31461 face toggle face visualization
31462 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31463 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31464 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31467 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31468 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31469 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31470 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31471 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31472 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31473 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31474 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31475 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31476 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31477 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31479 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31480 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31481 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31483 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31485 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31487 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31489 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31490 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31492 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31493 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31495 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31496 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31498 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31500 CHAR MEANING
31501 (VIA FACES)
31502 f toggle face visualization
31503 t toggle TAB visualization
31504 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31505 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31508 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31509 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31510 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31511 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31512 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31513 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31514 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31515 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31516 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31517 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31518 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31520 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31521 T toggle TAB visualization
31522 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31523 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31525 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31526 ? display brief help
31528 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31529 The valid symbols are:
31531 face toggle face visualization
31532 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31533 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31534 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31537 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31538 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31539 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31540 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31541 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31542 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31543 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31544 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31545 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31546 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31547 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31549 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31550 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31551 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31553 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31555 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31559 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31560 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31562 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31563 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31564 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31566 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31568 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31570 The problems cleaned up are:
31572 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31573 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31574 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31575 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31577 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31578 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31579 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31580 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31581 SPACEs.
31582 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31583 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31584 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31585 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31587 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31588 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31589 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31590 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31591 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31592 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31593 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31594 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31596 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31597 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31598 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31600 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31601 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31602 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31603 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31604 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31605 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31606 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31607 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31609 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31610 documentation.
31612 \(fn)" t nil)
31614 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31615 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31617 The problems cleaned up are:
31619 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31620 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31621 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31622 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31623 SPACEs.
31624 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31625 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31626 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31627 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31629 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31630 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31631 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31632 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31633 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31634 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31635 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31636 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31638 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31639 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31640 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31642 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31643 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31644 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31645 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31646 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31647 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31648 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31649 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31651 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31652 documentation.
31654 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31656 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31657 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31659 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31660 non-nil.
31663 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31664 `whitespace-style' to have:
31666 empty
31667 trailing
31668 indentation
31669 space-before-tab
31670 space-after-tab
31672 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31673 whitespace problems in buffer.
31675 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31677 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31678 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31679 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31680 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31681 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31682 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31683 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31685 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31686 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31687 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31688 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31689 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31690 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31691 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31693 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31694 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31695 cleaning up these problems.
31697 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31699 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31700 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31702 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31703 non-nil.
31706 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31707 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31709 empty
31710 indentation
31711 space-before-tab
31712 trailing
31713 space-after-tab
31715 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31716 whitespace problems in buffer.
31718 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31720 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31721 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31722 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31723 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31724 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31725 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31726 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31728 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31729 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31730 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31731 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31732 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31733 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31734 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31736 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31737 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31738 cleaning up these problems.
31740 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31742 ;;;***
31743 \f
31744 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31745 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818
31746 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31747 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31749 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31750 Browse the widget under point.
31752 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31754 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31755 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31757 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31759 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31760 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31762 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31764 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31765 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31767 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31768 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31772 ;;;***
31773 \f
31774 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31775 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20716
31776 ;;;;;; 56 356960 0))
31777 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31779 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31780 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31782 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31784 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31785 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31786 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31788 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31790 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31791 Create widget of TYPE.
31792 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31794 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31796 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31797 Delete WIDGET.
31799 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31801 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31802 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31804 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31806 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31807 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31808 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31809 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31811 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31812 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31814 \(fn)" nil nil)
31816 ;;;***
31817 \f
31818 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31819 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709
31820 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
31821 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31823 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31824 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31825 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31827 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31828 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31829 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31833 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31834 Select the window above the current one.
31836 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31837 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31838 negative ARG) of the current window.
31839 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31843 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31844 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31845 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31847 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31848 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31849 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31853 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31854 Select the window below the current one.
31855 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31857 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31858 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31859 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31863 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31864 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31865 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31866 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31868 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31870 ;;;***
31871 \f
31872 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20849 6570
31873 ;;;;;; 598687 0))
31874 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31876 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31877 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31878 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31881 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31883 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31885 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31886 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31888 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31889 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31894 ;;;***
31895 \f
31896 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31897 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20709 26818 907104
31898 ;;;;;; 0))
31899 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31901 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31902 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31903 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31905 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31907 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31909 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31910 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31911 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31912 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31913 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31914 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31915 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31916 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31918 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31919 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31921 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31923 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31924 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31926 \(fn)" t nil)
31928 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31929 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31930 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31931 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31932 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31933 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31934 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31935 `woman' command for further details.
31937 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31939 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31940 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31942 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31944 ;;;***
31945 \f
31946 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31947 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31948 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31950 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31951 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31953 BUGS:
31954 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31955 are not implemented
31956 - Options for search and replace
31957 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31958 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31960 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31961 Emacs-like.
31963 The key bindings are:
31965 C-a backward-word
31966 C-b fill-paragraph
31967 C-c scroll-up-line
31968 C-d forward-char
31969 C-e previous-line
31970 C-f forward-word
31971 C-g delete-char
31972 C-h backward-char
31973 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31974 C-j help-for-help
31975 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31976 C-l ws-repeat-search
31977 C-n open-line
31978 C-p quoted-insert
31979 C-r scroll-down-line
31980 C-s backward-char
31981 C-t kill-word
31982 C-u keyboard-quit
31983 C-v overwrite-mode
31984 C-w scroll-down
31985 C-x next-line
31986 C-y kill-complete-line
31987 C-z scroll-up
31989 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31990 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31991 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31992 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31993 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31994 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31995 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31996 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31997 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31998 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31999 C-k b ws-begin-block
32000 C-k c ws-copy-block
32001 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32002 C-k f find-file
32003 C-k h ws-show-markers
32004 C-k i ws-indent-block
32005 C-k k ws-end-block
32006 C-k p ws-print-block
32007 C-k q kill-emacs
32008 C-k r insert-file
32009 C-k s save-some-buffers
32010 C-k t ws-mark-word
32011 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32012 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32013 C-k v ws-move-block
32014 C-k w ws-write-block
32015 C-k x kill-emacs
32016 C-k y ws-delete-block
32018 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32019 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32020 C-o j justify-current-line
32021 C-o k kill-buffer
32022 C-o l list-buffers
32023 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32024 C-o r set-fill-column
32025 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32026 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32027 C-o wh split-window-right
32028 C-o wo other-window
32029 C-o wv split-window-below
32031 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32032 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32033 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32034 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32035 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32036 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32037 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32038 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32039 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32040 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32041 C-q a ws-query-replace
32042 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32043 C-q c end-of-buffer
32044 C-q d end-of-line
32045 C-q f ws-search
32046 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32047 C-q l ws-undo
32048 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32049 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32050 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32051 C-q w ws-last-error
32052 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32053 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32055 \(fn)" t nil)
32057 ;;;***
32058 \f
32059 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32060 ;;;;;; (20766 6456 368550 0))
32061 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32063 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32064 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32065 Return the top node with all its children.
32066 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32068 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32069 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32070 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32074 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32075 namespace to URIs instead.
32077 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32078 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32080 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32082 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32084 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32086 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32087 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32088 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32089 not contain well-formed XML.
32091 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32092 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32093 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32094 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32095 element of the list.
32096 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32097 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32098 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32102 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32103 namespace to URIs instead.
32105 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32106 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32108 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32110 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32112 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32114 ;;;***
32115 \f
32116 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32117 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20884 6711 386198 0))
32118 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32120 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32121 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32122 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32123 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32124 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32125 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32126 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32127 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32128 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32129 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32131 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32133 ;;;***
32134 \f
32135 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797
32136 ;;;;;; 44848 327754 0))
32137 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32139 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32140 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32141 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32143 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32144 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32146 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32148 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32149 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32150 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32151 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32152 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32154 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32155 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32156 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32157 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32158 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32159 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32163 ;;;***
32164 \f
32165 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32166 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32169 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32170 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32174 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32175 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32177 \(fn)" nil nil)
32179 ;;;***
32180 \f
32181 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20709 26818 907104
32182 ;;;;;; 0))
32183 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32185 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32186 Zone out, completely.
32188 \(fn)" t nil)
32190 ;;;***
32191 \f
32192 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20905 51795 339257
32402 ;;;;;; 114000))
32404 ;;;***
32405 \f
32406 (provide 'loaddefs)
32407 ;; Local Variables:
32408 ;; version-control: never
32409 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32410 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32411 ;; coding: utf-8
32412 ;; End:
32413 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here